Intelligent components for systems and switch cabinets
2015 | 2016
Intelligent system and
switch cabinet components
Building automation,
Process engineering
1
The range of product catalogues from
METZ CONNECT
2
Printed circuit board and
device connection techniques
By our range of product catalogues we really get things handy for you: concise
information and highly interesting innovations across all our three product ranges
U|Contact, C|Logline and P|Cabling.
Use our product range catalogues to learn more about our connection systems
for printed circuit boards and devices, our intelligent system and switch cabinet
components or our network cabling options.
Cabling solutions in the copper and
fiber optic techniques for building
and industrial cabling applications
Intelligent components for
systems and switch cabinets.
Intelligent components for systems and switch cabinets
Cabling solutions for networks
Connection systems for printed circuit boards
Table of contents
Preface/Company philosophy 5
Building automation, process engineering
1 I/O components 17
2 Switches 69
3 Control cabinet components 73
4 Telecommunication products 133
5 Accessories 139
Index 155
Contact 164
General remarks 168
3
4
5
Dear business partners, dear customers,
For the last few years, the METZ CONNECT group has already had
a globally oriented growth strategy, in which the activities in the
RIA CONNECT and BTR NETCOM companies had been developed
increasingly in co-operation and the operations and organizations
had been united globally. This has given METZ CONNECT energy
from the synergistic effects and the more slimline processes for
putting into practice our vision of a “Connectivity Specialist” who
offers high-quality connection technology for the modern world of
communications – from the printed circuit board to the Internet.
For our family-owned company, this orientation bears the brand
name METZ CONNECT, which is an important identification
symbol and driving force for new products and business relation-
ships as partners.
On July 1st, 2013, the merger of the two companies in Germany
was completed. Since then, the business activities of RIA CON-
NECT GmbH and BTR NETCOM GmbH have been conducted under
joint leadership at METZ CONNECT GmbH. This step now
propels the activities of the company with new identity and
motivation now, after the US, also in Europe.
The two brand names RIA CONNECT and BTR NETCOM are
maintained as symbols established on the market in their market
appearance and on the existing products.
The existing METZ CONNECT product range with its diversified
solutions has been expanded further, and the new products have
now been integrated into the catalog. We have already informed
you in our last catalog about the deliberate integration of our
connection technology, in which we have divided our core
competences into three core ranges:
U|Contact stands for the connection techniques related to
printed circuit boards and devices,
C|Logline stands for intelligent system and switch cabinet
components and
P|Cabling stands for cabling systems in the copper and fiber
optic techniques for building and industrial cabling
applications.
Our consistent connection technology and competent advice for
a wide range of application solutions and customer requirements
makes us the ideal partner for your demanding requirements.
Let us jointly approach the projects in equipment and system
construction, structured building and industrial wiring or as
proven partner in wholesale distribution and support you in your
daily work.
Make also use of our Internet appearance rich in contents and
easy to understand. Here you will find a current overview of all
novelties, products, including product-relevant documentations,
planning aids and mounting films.
Visit us at www.metz-connect.com and see for yourself.
We are happy to meet the challenges that await us and are
looking forward to advise and assist you as a real partner by our
technically and economically sound solutions!
Your
Jochen Metz Christian Metz
(Managing Partner) (Managing Partner)
and the entire team from METZ CONNECT.
6
Detailed knowledge in a matter of seconds
Our product catalogs offer detailed product descriptions. But if you want to get even deeper into the
details, visit us at www.metz-connect.com to get precise technical information within no time at all.
To do so, you may also use mobile tagging: Simply scan the shown QR-code using your smartphone and
you will directly be connected to the METZ CONNECT homepage.
www.metz-connect.com
7
Our website for even more efficiency
Ideal user-friendliness and non-stop availability, – our website
www.metz-connect.com offers you the most recent news
about METZ CONNECT and our products that you need for
your daily business. And all this at a speed that will really
impress you!
Our products
You may use different options to search for a product:
the integrated navigation bar with its "Products" menu and
concise structure, or the enterprise research option including
its filter function or the online catalogs for all those, who
wish to rely on our known product portfolio structure. A few
clicks will lead you to the desired products and enable you to
download all relevant documents such as data sheets,
drawings or certificates. In the same time also compatible
accessory components will be displayed.
Under "Services" a complete download overview will be
shown presenting the entire download offer from information
brochures and certificates up to test results and 3D-data.
Your contacts
Finding your right contact with METZ CONNECT, a distributor
or special dealer is easy and comfortable using the country
and zip-code search options under "Contact". You can also
select here your global sales partner.
News(letter)
In our News area we inform you in real time on our product
innovations, events and news.
In the same time you may want to subscribe to the METZ
CONNECT newsletter. This will ensure that you will receive
the latest information literally in real time directly on
your computer.
Or just come and discover the web site of
METZ CONNECT and play around with all its benefits –
welcome to www.metz-connect.com!
The most up-to-date connection to
METZ CONNECT
8
Limitless connection
Globally, the importance of networks is ever increasing.
The principles of universal, transparent information – from
everywhere and at any time – and a communication with
devices mapping different processes – define more and more
our everyday life. And all this depends on reliable connection
techniques.
To establish perfect connections is the core competence of
METZ CONNECT. The METZ CONNECT group of companies
offers a complete product range that stands out by its maxi-
mum system compatibility and continuity.
Our sophisticated portfolio and product approach in the market
segments industrial electronics, data and communication
technology and building services engineering guarantees
smooth data flow from the printed circuit board through to
connectors, cables and patch panels up to the infrastructural
environment.
METZ CONNECT can thus guarantee a comprehensive,
high-quality and transparent communication across all applica-
tions without system failures or performance losses. Next to the
complete solutions, our group of companies offers also
comprehensive services such as tailored product adaptations
and new developments, qualified trainings, marketing support
for our trade partners as well as a vast information program.
METZ CONNECT excels by quality – resulting from its intelligent
company-internal value adds and perfectly harmonized processes
from a product idea up to its delivery and commissioning. Our
quality management system enables processes that are free
from losses and protect the environment. An additional
competitive advantage for our customers:
METZ CONNECT supplies complete solutions as one
single provider.
To do so, we rely on our own stamping shops, plastic mold
injection and tooling shops, testing laboratories, internal assembly
units and experts in construction and programming of tools
and production automation.
9
All from one single source –
for your competitive advantage
APPLICATIONS
Distribution Process Structure
Infrastructure
Function
Processor WLAN/Internet
Communication
MARKET SEGMENTS
PC boards Devices,
machines
Systems,
installations
Buildings,
commercial vehicles
Industrial
automatization
Data and communicati-
on systems
Building automation
Intelligence
10
METZ CONNECT offers a universal range of products from
printed circuit boards up to terminal devices. As your custo-
mer-oriented solutions partner, we subdivided our diversified,
user-friendly and internationally standardized components and/
or systems into three well structured arrays.
Under the name of U|Contact we bundle innovative connec-
tivity products and solutions for printed circuit boards for
a use with all modern techniques applied in the assembly of
printed circuit boards. Products that are compatible with the
standards of the markets as well as tailored product solutions
for industrial controls and building automation are our core
strengths in this field. This includes terminal blocks, board-to-
board connectors as well as peripheral connectors (RJ, M12,
USB) for different applications and protection classes.
P|Cabling includes highly specified, internationally standardi-
zed and powerful connection components and connection
systems in the copper and fiber optic techniques. These
solutions are used in structured building and industry cabling
applications and for data centers. Convenient installation, maxi-
mum quality and perfect system compatibility across all
important performance classes are the main characteristics of
our modular inserts, connectors, wall outlets, patch panels,
distributors, IP-protected plug connectors and patch and instal-
lation cables.
C|Logline stands for intelligent system components for a high-
ly communicative and decentralized control in the application
and product areas building automation, measurement
and monitoring relays, interface modules, industrial relays and
telecommunication.
In addition we offer cross range system solutions. Perfectly
harmonized connection systems with a protection degree
of IP67 facilitate fast, safe and flexible connections of devices
using optical coupler, RJ45 or Ethernet M12 connections.
A product range, which connects everything
11
Customer-oriented solutions provider
Printed circuit board and
device connection technology
Board-to-board
Connectors
Intelligent components
Ethernet I/Os
Bus modules Connectors
Wall outlets,
patch panels
Components for
electrical cabinets
Terminal blocks,
pin headers
Patch cords, lines
Cabling systems
Fiber Optic & copper
Uniform automation –
central engineering
12
Uniform automation –
central engineering
Building Automation, Process Engineering
C|Logline – high performance components for integrated control tasks
Technical networks and safety solutions in buildings and industrial plants are becoming
increasing more intelligent. They offer the possibility of integrating internal and external
processes so they can be controlled and monitored efficiently. METZ CONNECT has the
perfect solutions for this.
With the C|Logline product group, METZ CONNECT provides consistent, system-capable
and intelligent network components for sustainable building automation, maximum
protection, optimum process control and efficient energy controlling. Advantages: High
performance components shorten assembly time, reduce energy consumption, create
transparency or make it possible to resolve several tasks with just one device, for example.
13
13 14
15
Components/Building Automation
Measuring and Monitoring Relays
Interface Modules and Industrial Relays
Electronic Timer Relays
Telecommunication Products
TCP/IP Ethernet Switch Electricity Supplies
BACnet MS/TP BMT-series BACnet Router Jumper
USB/RS485 Adapter
Modbus RTU MR-series
LON LF-series iLON Controller Door Installation LONMaker Terminal Blocks
Multiport Router Modules LONScanner Label
LON Adapter Door Installation
LON Interfaces Modules
CAN F-series More
Contoller
I/0 Router/Switcher Display/
Components Interfaces/Adapter Appliance Software Accessories
Fan Timer LTRk-E12
Speed DRIW-E16 Speed Sensor, Mounting Bracket, Auxiliary Cam
Motor Protection/ CPW-E12 Current Transformer
V-belt TMR-E12
Level Monitor ENW-E12 Submersible Electrode, Leakage Sensor
Phase PFD-E12
Monitoring Relays ASD-C18
DUW-C12
Selective Protection FSB-E12
Voltage Moni. Relay EUW-C18
Current Moni. Relay EIW-C18
Setting Features adjustable Features fixed Features Multiple Changing Additional Equipment
Power Switching SAR4
Relay SAR5 SAR1
Fax Change o. Switch
Automatic Changing AMS 1/4 F AP
Switch
Sec. Alarm Affords TZG WK 955 AP/UP
Multi-Function MARK-E08 U
MFRK-E08 F
MARK-E08
MFRK-E08
MFRK-E12 (2W)
Delay On Make MZAK-E10; RTLK-E10
Delay On Brake RKAK-E10
Circuit Clos., Wiping EWEK-E10 REWk-E10
Flashing RTBk-E10
Clock Generator TERk-E08
Delta-Star Relay RSD-E10; RSDw-E10
Multi-Time fixed Time Diverse Features
Coupling Modules KRA M-series KRE-series Labeling Plate
KRA F-series Terminal Blocks
KRZ-series
Potential Divider PT-C12
Annuciator Modules STM-C12 LTM-E16
AD/DA KAD-C12
Converter ADU-C12
Analog Data KMA(i)-F
Encoder KMA(i)-E08
Diode Modules KD-series
Relay Modules RM-series
Industrial Relays HF10FH
R274
Pulse Shaper RTM-C12
Threshold Control KRS-series
Electro-
mechanic Semi-Conductor Filtering/Convert Indicator Setpoint Device Accessories
Conventional Relays Technology Accessories
C|Logline – Product overview
In total, C|Logline comprises all intelligent components of
the highly-communicative and distributed controller with
system components for building automation as well as
measurement and monitoring relays, interface modules
and industrial relays, time-controlled relays and telecom-
munication products.
Digital and analog input and output bus modules with
LON®, CAN and BACnet protocols are also included in
this.
LF-AOP4 LON
ASD-C18
KRA-SR-M8/21
MFRk-E08
AMS 1/4 F AP
16
Contents | I/O components 17
I/O components
1 Packing details 18
2 Ethernet I/Os 20
3 BACnet MS/TP I/Os 27
4 Modbus RTU I/Os 35
5 LON I/Os 44
6 CAN-Bus I/Os 64
7 M-Bus I/Os 66
I/O components with BACnet MS/TP,
Modbus RTU, M-Bus, LON® and CAN
technologies
Automation of buildings, machines and systems
In order to safely and efficiently operate today not only large
but also small buildings, it has become indispensable to
automate the most important service functions such as moni-
toring, air conditioning and lighting systems. This, however,
leads to rising demands in terms of building installation, which
in general can no longer be met by conventional techniques.
This is the reason why building automation relies ever more
on serial bus systems controlling the transmission of infor-
mation between sensors and actuators, switches and higher
control systems.
These bus systems offer different advantages:
• ease of planning and installing of building functions
• strong flexibility in the use of buildings since functions can be
programmed freely and can thus be re-configured at
any time.
Thanks to the availability of microcontrollers and to the
reduction of the sizes and prices of the installed electronic
components, automation has now also found its way into
areas, which due to the implied costs were not suited for
field bus solutions before. In particular in the linking of sen-
sors, actuators and control units within machines and of devices
used for measuring, control and monitoring systems, serial bus
systems offer strong advantages.
18
Ethernet I/Os | Multi I/O Controller (platform)
Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight
20 110910 1 pcs 167 x 147 x 95 mm 510 g
20 110900 1 pcs 167 x 147 x 95 mm 645 g
21 110901 1 pcs 167 x 147 x 95 mm 501 g
Ethernet I/Os | Digital input
Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight
22 1109541319 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 103 g
22 1109511319 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 108 g
Ethernet I/Os | Analog input
Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight
23 11095213 1 pcs 74 x 51 x 80 mm 123 g
Ethernet I/Os | Digital output
Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight
24 11095013 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 112 g
24 1109561321 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 126 g
Ethernet I/Os | Analog Output
Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight
25 1109551302 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 100 g
Ethernet I/Os | Mixed Modules
Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight
26 1109531326 1 pcs 74 x 51 x 80 mm 139 g
26 1109531326IP 1 pcs 122 x 44 x 164 mm 401 g
BACnet MS/TP I/Os | Digital input
Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight
27 1108841319 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 108 g
27 1108841319IP 1 pcs 122 x 44 x 164 mm 377 g
28 1108811319 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 113 g
28 11088913 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 108 g
BACnet MS/TP I/Os | Analog input
Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight
29 11088213 1 pcs 74 x 51 x 80 mm 133 g
BACnet MS/TP I/Os | Digital output
Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight
30 11088013 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 116 g
30 1108861321 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 132 g
BACnet MS/TP I/Os | Analog Output
Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight
31 1108851302 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 105 g
31 1108871302 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 105 g
BACnet MS/TP I/Os | Mixed Modules
Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight
32 1108831326 1 pcs 74 x 51 x 80 mm 145 g
32 1108831326IP 1 pcs 122 x 44 x 164 mm 400 g
33 11088813 1 pcs 74 x 51 x 80 mm 130 g
BACnet MS/TP I/Os | BACnet Router
Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight
34 11080001 1 pcs 160 x 30 x 200 mm 297 g
Modbus RTU I/Os | Digital input
Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight
35 1108341319 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 103 g
35 110834131901IP 1 pcs 247 x 161 x 58 mm 530 g
36 1108311319 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 108 g
36 11083913 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 108 g
Modbus RTU I/Os | Analog input
Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight
37 11083213 1 pcs 74 x 51 x 80 mm 130 g
37 1108401332 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 495 g
Modbus RTU I/Os | Digital output
Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight
38 11083013 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 111 g
38 1108361321 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 132 g
39 110836132101 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 130 g
Modbus RTU I/Os | Analog Output
Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight
40 1108351302 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 100 g
40 1108371302 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 100 g
Modbus RTU I/Os | Mixed Modules
Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight
41 1108331326 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 139 g
41 110833132601 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 139 g
42 1108331326IP 1 pcs 122 x 44 x 164 mm 402 g
42 11083813 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 139 g
43 11084213IP 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 139 g
LON I/Os | Digital input
Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight
44 1108501319 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 106 g
44 1108511319 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 115 g
45 1108511319IP 1 pcs 122 x 44 x 164 mm 330 g
45 11085813 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 95 g
46 11086313 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 110 g
LON I/Os | Analog input
Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight
47 11085313 1 pcs 74 x 51 x 80 mm 126 g
47 1108601332 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 96 g
LON I/Os | Digital output
Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight
48 1108521321 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 132 g
48 1108521321IP 1 pcs 122 x 44 x 164 mm 428 g
49 11086213 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 116 g
LON I/Os | Analog Output
Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight
50 11085413 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 110 g
50 11085413IP 1 pcs 122 x 44 x 164 mm 330 g
LON I/Os | Mixed Modules
Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight
51 1108551326 1 pcs 74 x 51 x 80 mm 148 g
51 1108551326IP 1 pcs 122 x 44 x 164 mm 360 g
52 1108561326 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 102 g
52 11085913 1 pcs 74 x 51 x 80 mm 126 g
53 11085713 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 94 g
53 11086105IP 1 pcs 122 x 44 x 164 mm 360 g
LON I/Os | Connecting module
Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight
54 11087913 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 95 g
LON I/Os | Door installation
Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight
55 11039125 1 pcs 46 x 43 x 142 mm 94 g
55 11039225 1 pcs 46 x 43 x 142 mm 88 g
56 11039425 1 pcs 46 x 43 x 142 mm 95 g
56 11039525 1 pcs 46 x 43 x 142 mm 92 g
57 11039613 1 pcs 46 x 43 x 142 mm 96 g
57 11039713 1 pcs 46 x 43 x 142 mm 96 g
58 11039025 1 pcs 46 x 43 x 142 mm 100 g
LON I/Os | Software
Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight
59 11021003E 1 pcs 310 x 235 x 85 mm 1530 g
59 11021019E 1 pcs 310 x 235 x 90 mm 1530 g
59 11021603E 1 pcs 310 x 235 x 85 mm 1530 g
59 11021619E 1 pcs 310 x 235 x 85 mm 1530 g
LON I/Os | i.LON Server
Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight
60 110213 1 pcs 245 x 155 x 90 mm 630 g
60 11021302 1 pcs 265 x 160 x 90 mm 646 g
60 11021303 1 pcs 245 x 155 x 90 mm 630 g
60 11021220 1 pcs 265 x 160 x 90 mm 650 g
60 11021221 1 pcs 265 x 160 x 90 mm 650 g
60 11021223 1 pcs 265 x 160 x 90 mm 650 g
60 11021243 1 pcs 265 x 160 x 90 mm 650 g
LON I/Os | LON Router
Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight
61 110058 1 pcs 265 x 160 x 90 mm 555 g
I/O components | Packing details
1
I/O components
19
LON I/Os | Interface/Adapter
Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight
62 110214 1 pcs 190 x 160 x 55 mm 210 g
62 110215 1 pcs 265 x 160 x 90 mm 665 g
62 110054 1 pcs 260 x 160 x 80 mm 240 g
63 110050 1 pcs 90 x 60 x 8 mm 59 g
63 110051 1 pcs 135 x 85 x 40 mm 56 g
CAN-Bus I/Os | Input/Output digital
Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight
64 1105751319 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 102 g
64 1105701321 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 130 g
CAN-Bus I/Os | Input/Output analog
Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight
65 1105741306 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 113 g
65 1105731302 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 104 g
M-Bus I/Os | Digital/analog inputs
Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight
66 110556 1 pcs 74 x 51 x 80 mm 119 g
66 110562 1 pcs 74 x 51 x 80 mm 112 g
67 110562IP 1 pcs 74 x 51 x 80 mm 112 g
I/O components | Packing details
1
I/O components
20
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110910 black 4250184153320
5A
5A
22
24
21
12
14
11
5A 32
34
31
5A 42
44
41
M+
M-
24 V
GND
24
VDC - Versorgung
DC - Supply
Erweiterungen
Extensions
GND
B+
A
-
B+
A-
5+
D1
D2
D3
D4
24 V DC/20 mA
24 V DC/20 mA
24 V DC/20 mA
15 V DC/30 mA
DA
O1
O2
C1
C2
E1
E2
I1
I2
DC-Versorgung
DC Supply
24 V
GND
4 Analogausgänge
4 Analog outputs
2 x 0..10 V DC/5 mA
2 x 0(4)..20 mA
4 Analogeingänge
4 Analog inputs
2 x 0..10 V
40 Ohm .. 4 MOhm
2 x 0 - 20 mA
4 Digitaleingänge
4 Digital inputs
Ethernet
µP ARM9
RealTime
Clock
64MB
Flash
< 8GB
Micro SD
128MB
RAM
4 S0-Eingänge
4 S0 inputs
S01
1-
8-
5-
8+
4-
S04
USB
M-Bus
A’-
B’
+
Modbus RTU
DC
Versorgung
Supply
Erweiterungen
Extensions
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110900 black 4250184130864
10 A 32
34
31
0.5 A
42
44
41
5 A24
14
11
T1
3
T1
4
T2
3
T2
4
5 A52
54
51
5 A62
64
61
0.5 A
10 A
5 A72
74
71
24
V
GN
D
Increments
24 V AC / DC -
Supply
Increments
GND
B+
A-
B+
A-
8-
8+
1-
1+
D1
D2
D3
D4
24 V DC/20 mA
24 V DC/20 mA
24 V DC/20 mA
15 V DC/30 mA
DA
O1
O2
O3
E1
E2
E3
E4
AC / DC -
Supply
24
V
0 V
Analog Outputs
0..10 V DC/5 mA
Analog Inputs
Voltage:
0..10 V
Resistance:
40 Ohm .. 4 MOhm
AC / DC -
Supply
Digita l
Inputs
1 to 4 can be
configured as S0
Ethe rnet
µP ARM9
RealTime
Clock
64MB
Flas h
4GB
Micro SD
64MB
RAM
Ethernet I/Os | Multi I/O Controller (platform)
Principle diagram Principle diagram
Matching accessory
for EWIO-9180-M
Page
Matching accessory
for EWIO-9180
Page
141
Power supply NG4 HS
142
Jumper plug
for I/O components
142
Terminal block Type 259
141
Power supply NG4 HS
142
Jumper plug
for I/O components
142
Terminal block Type 259
1
I/O components
EWIO-9180-M
Powerful data logger for tasks in energy controlling. Meter
data, temperatures etc. can be recorded via the intergrated
I/ Os, the M-Bus and RS485 (stty3) system interfaces,
and switching and actuating signals can be generated.
An integrated data base supplies the data for higher-level
energy management systems via LAN. Also, a connection via
WLAN or UMTS adapter is possible. An integrated web server
allows the configuration and parameterization via a web
browser. C/C++, JAVA and Linux shell programmed applica-
tions are directly executable. The number of I/Os can be
increased by connecting additional expansion modules.
Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor.
EWIO-9180
Compact Linux I/O platform with 27 analog/digital inputs/
outputs, some of them with manual control. Integrated web
interface for developing your own decentralized automation
controllers. Applications can be programmed using the Linux
Shell installed on the server or using C/C++ and JAVA develop-
ment environments. The network is connected by means of a
standard RJ45 Ethernet interface. External I/O extension with up
to 6 optional modules of the EW-xxxx series possible. Suitable
for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor.
Operating voltage 24 V DC / +/- 10%
Current consumption 640 mA
Network Ethernet RJ45, 10/100MBit, TCP/IP
Controller ARM9 180 MHz
Internal memory 128 MB RAM / 64 MB Flash
External memory (microSD) up to 8 GB, 2 GB installed
Real time clock Error 1 s/day, 24 h power reserve
Operating system embedded standard Linux
External I/O interfaces SPI/RS485
Inputs / digital 4x Optocoupler, optical separated
Inputs / S0 4x acc. to DIN EN 62053-31
Inputs configurable
for resistance or 4x analog 40 Ohm to 4 MOhm
for voltage 4x analog 0 to 10 V DC
Inputs / current 2x analog 0 bis 20 mA DC
Outputs / relays 4x change over contacts (4PST)/
250 V AC/5 A
Outputs / transistor 3x PNP / 24 V DC / 20 mA
1x PNP / 15 V DC / 30 mA
Outputs / voltage 2x analog 0 to 10 V DC
Outputs / current 2x analog 0 to 20 mA
Dimensions (W x H x D) 125 x 90 x 60 mm, 7HP, TH35
Weight / Ingress protection 400 g / IP20
Operation / storage -5° to +55°C / -20° to + 70° C
Operating voltage 24 V AC/DC / +/- 10% / 50/ 60 Hz
Current consumption 450 mA (AC) / 225 mA (DC)
Network Ethernet RJ45, 10/100MBit, TCP/IP
Controller ARM9 180 MHz
Internal memory 64 MB RAM / 64 MB Flash
External memory microSD up to 4 GB
Real time clock Error 1 s/day, 24 h power reserve
Operating system embedded Linux
External I/O interfaces SPI/RS485
Inputs / digital 8x; 4 of them can be used as S0
acc. to DIN EN 62053- 31
Inputs / resistance 4x analog 40 Ohm to 4 MOhm
Inputs / voltage 4x analog 0 to 10 V DC
Outputs / relays 3x changeover contacts
(3PST)/250 V AC/5 A
2x changeover contacts
(DPST)/250 V AC/10A
1x two-level / 250 V AC / 5 A
Outputs / triac 2x 20 to 250 V AC / 0.5 A
Outputs / transistor 3x PNP / 24 V DC / 20 mA
1x PNP / 24 V DC / 30 mA
Outputs / voltage 3x analog 0 to 10 V DC
Dimensions (W x H x D) 125 x 90 x 60 mm, 7HP, TH35
Weight 430 g
Operation / storage -5° to +55°C / -20° to + 70° C
Ingress protection IP20
21
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110901 black 4250184151524
10 A 32
34
31
0.5 A
42
44
41
5 A24
14
11
T1
3
T1
4
T2
3
T2
4
5 A52
54
51
5 A62
64
61
0.5 A
10 A
5 A72
74
71
24
V
GN
D
Increments
24
V AC / DC -
Supply
Increments
GN
D
B+
A-
B+
A-
8-
8+
1-
1+
D1
D2
D3
D4
24 V DC/20 mA
24 V DC/20 mA
24 V DC/20 mA
15 V DC/30 mA
DA
O1
O2
O3
E1
E2
E3
E4
AC / DC -
Supply
24
V
0 V
Analog Outputs
0..10 V DC/5 mA
Analog Inputs
Voltage:
0..10 V
Resistance:
40 Ohm .. 4 MOhm
AC / DC -
Supply
Digita l
Inputs
1 to 4 can be
configured as S0
Ethe rnet
µP ARM9
RealTime
Clock
64MB
Flas h
4GB
Micro SD
64MB
RAM
Ethernet I/Os | Multi I/O Controller (platform)
Principle diagram
Matching accessory
for EWIO-9180-FB
Page
1
I/O components
141
Power supply NG4 HS
142
Jumper plug
for I/O components
142
Terminal block Type 259
EWIO-9180-FB
Compact Linux I/O platform with 27 analog/digital inputs/
outputs, some of them with manual control. Integrated web
interface for developing your own decentralized automation
controllers. Applications can be programmed using the Linux
Shell installed on the server or using C/C++ and JAVA develop-
ment environments. The network is connected by means of a
standard RJ45 Ethernet interface. Optional extension with
fieldbus modules.
Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor.
Operating voltage 24 V AC/DC / +/- 10% / 50/ 60 Hz
Current consumption 450 mA (AC) / 225 mA (DC)
Network Ethernet RJ45, 10/100MBit, TCP/IP
Controller ARM9 180 MHz
Internal memory 64 MB RAM / 64 MB Flash
External memory microSD up to 4 GB
Real time clock Error 1 s/day, 24 h power reserve
Operating system embedded Linux
External I/O interface UART/RS485 for fieldbus
Inputs / digital 8x; 4 of them can be used as S0
acc. to DIN EN 62053- 31
Inputs / resistance 4x analog 40 Ohm to 4 MOhm
Inputs / voltage 4x analog 0 to 10 V DC
Outputs / relays 3x changeover contacts
(3PST)/250 V AC/5 A
2x changeover contacts
(DPST)/250 V AC/10A
1x two-level / 250 V AC / 5 A
Outputs / triac 2x 20 to 250 V AC / 0.5 A
Outputs / transistor 3x PNP / 24 V DC / 20 mA
1x PNP / 24 V DC / 30 mA
Outputs / voltage 3x analog 0 to 10 V DC
Dimensions (W x H x D) 125 x 90 x 60 mm, 7HP, TH35
Weight 430 g
Operation / storage -5° to +55°C / -20° to + 70° C
Ingress protection IP20
22
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
1109541319 gray 4x IN
(U or contact)
4250184138051
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
1109511319 gray 10x IN
(U or contact)
4250184138037
L- 4- 4+ L+ 3+ 3-
1- 1+ L+ 2+ 2- L-
24VAC/DC
GND
BUS A-
BUS B+
A2
A-
B+
A1
A2
A-
A1
B+
10 9 8 7 6 C1
123 4 5C1
24VAC/DC
GND
BUS A-
BUS B+
A2
A-
B+
A1
A2
A-
A1
B+
Ethernet I/Os | Digital input
Matching accessory
for EW-DI4
Page
Matching accessory
for EW-DI10
Page
Wiring/Principle diagram Wiring/Principle diagram
141
Power supply NG4 HS
141
HUB DC
142
Jumper plug
for I/O components
142
Terminal block Type 259
141
Power supply NG4 HS
141
HUB DC
142
Jumper plug
for I/O components
142
Terminal block Type 259
1
I/O components
EW-DI4
The extension module with 4 digital inputs was developed
for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable for detecting
potential-free switch states, for example electrical limit
switches on vent valves or auxiliary contacts of power contac-
tors. The inputs can be operated by means of potential- free
switches or contacts or used as voltage inputs.
The extension module can only be used in combination with
EWIO- 9180, which scans the outputs. The module address is
set by means of an address switch on the front.
Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor.
EW-DI10
The extension module with 10 digital inputs was developed
for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable for detecting
potential-free switch states, for example electrical limit
switches on vent valves or auxiliary contacts of power contac-
tors. The inputs can be used as contact or voltage inputs. The
extension module can only be used in combination with EWIO-
9180, which scans the outputs. The module address is set by
means of an address switch on the front.
Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor.
Protocol EWIO internal
Addressing range 0 to 9
Bus interface Two-wire bus
Transmission rate 115200 Bd
Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV)
Current consumption 50 mA (AC) / 20 mA (DC)
Relative duty cycle 100 %
Inputs 4 x digital
Input / voltage 30 V DC
Input / high signal more than 10 V AC/DC
Display Green, red and yellow LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 65 mm
Weight 95 g
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Protocol EWIO internal
Addressing range 0 to 9
Bus interface Two-wire bus
Transmission rate 115200 baud
Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV)
Current consumption 200 mA (AC) / 75 mA (DC)
Relative duty cycle 100 %
Inputs 10 x digital
Input / voltage 30 V DC
Input / high signal more than 7 V AC/DC
Display Green, red and yellow LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 65 mm
Weight 83 g
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
23
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11095213 gray 8x IN (U or R) 4250184138013
C2 C2 C2 C2
1 2 3 4 S
C2 C2 C2 C2
8 7 6 5 S
24VAC/DC
GND
BUS A-
BUS B+
A2
A-
B+
A1
A2
A-
A1
B+
Ethernet I/Os | Analog input
Matching accessory
for EW-AI8
Page
1
Wiring/Principle diagram
I/O components
141
Power supply NG4 HS
141
HUB DC
142
Jumper plug
for I/O components
142
Terminal block Type 259
EW-AI8
The extension module with 8 individually configurable resis-
tance or voltage inputs was developed for decentralized
switching tasks. It is suitable for detecting resistances and volt-
ages of, for example, passive and active temperature sensors,
electrical vent and mixing valves, valve positions, etc. The
extension module can only be used in combination with EWIO-
9180, which universally configures the inputs.
The module address is set by means of an address switch on
the front.
Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor.
Protocol EWIO internal
Addressing range 0 to 9
Bus interface Two-wire bus
Transmission rate 115200 Bd
Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV)
Current consumption 65 mA (AC) / 25 mA (DC)
Relative duty cycle 100 %
Inputs 8 x individually configurable
Input / resistance 40 Ohm to 4 MOhm
Input / voltage 0 V to 10 V DC
Input / resolution 1 mV (0 to 100 %)
Input / error approx. +/- 10 mV
Display Green and red LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 50 x 70 x 65 mm
Weight 104 g
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
24
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11095013 gray 4x OUT (triac) 4250184137986
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
1109561321 gray 4x OUT
(relay CO)
4250184138044
A1/+24V
A2/ GND
BUSB+
BUS A -
24V
Extension I/O
RISC - CPU
13
14
23
24
33
34
43
44
41 44 31 34
11 14 21 24
24VAC/DC
GND
BUS A-
BUS B+
A2
A-
B+
A1
A2
A-
A1
B+
42 32
12 22
Ethernet I/Os | Digital output
Matching accessory
for EW-TO4
Page
Matching accessory
for EW-DO4
Page
Wiring/Principle diagram Wiring/Principle diagram
141
Power supply NG4 HS
141
HUB DC
142
Jumper plug
for I/O components
142
Terminal block Type 259
141
Power supply NG4 HS
141
HUB DC
142
Jumper plug
for I/O components
142
Terminal block Type 259
1
I/O components
EW-TO4
The extension module with 4 digital triac outputs was devel-
oped for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable
for switching electrical components, such as relays, contactors,
HLK valves, etc. The extension module can only be used in
combination with EWIO-9180, which switches the outputs.
In addition, the outputs can be overridden manually by means
of switches on the device. The module address is set by means
of an address switch on the front.
Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor.
EW-DO4
The extension module with 4 digital outputs was developed
for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable for switching
electrical components, such as motors, contactors, lamps,
louvers, etc. With strong inductive loads, we recommend
protecting the relay contacts additionally with an RC element.
The module is provided with a manual control for manually
switching the relays. The extension module can only be used
in combination with EWIO-9180, which switches the outputs.
The module address is set by means of an address switch on
the front.
Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor.
Protocol EWIO internal
Addressing range 0 to 9
Bus interface Two-wire bus
Transmission rate 115200 Bd
Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV)
Current consumption 100 mA (AC) / 40 mA (DC)
Relative duty cycle 100 %
Output / contacts 4 digital outputs (triac)
Output / switching voltage 24 V AC up to max. 250 V AC
Output / continuous current 0.5 A / output
Output / switching current 0.8 A (less than 30 s)
Output / switch-on current 10 A (less than 20 ms)
Display Green, red and yellow LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 75 mm
Weight 95 g
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Protocol EWIO internal
Addressing range 0 to 9
Bus interface Two-wire bus
Transmission rate 115200 Bd
Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV)
Current consumption 200 mA (AC) / 70 mA (DC)
Relative duty cycle 100 %
Output / contacts 4 changeover contacts (4PST)
Output / switching voltage 250 V AC
Output / continuous current 5 A / output
Output / switching frequency 360 cycles/h
Output / max. total current 12 A across all outputs
Display Green, red and yellow LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 75 mm
Weight 95 g
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
25
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
1109551302 gray 4x OUT (U) 4250184138020
C2 4 C2 3
1C2 2C2
24VAC/DC
GND
BUS A-
BUS B+
A2
A-
B+
A1
A2
A-
A1
B+
Ethernet I/Os | Analog Output
Matching accessory
for EW-AO4
Page
1
Wiring/Principle diagram
I/O components
141
Power supply NG4 HS
141
HUB DC
142
Jumper plug
for I/O components
142
Terminal block Type 259
EW-AO4
The extension module with 4 analog outputs was developed
for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable as encoder for
control variables, for example for electrical vent and mixing
valves, valve positions, etc.
The extension module can only be used in combination with
EWIO-9180, which switches the outputs. The module address
is set by means of an address switch on the front.
Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor.
Protocol EWIO internal
Addressing range 0 to 9
Bus interface Two-wire bus
Transmission rate 115200 Bd
Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV)
Current consumption 50 mA (AC) / 20 mA (DC)
Relative duty cycle 100 %
Outputs 4 x analog
Output / voltage 0 V to 10 V DC
Output / current 5 mA at 10 V DC
Output / resolution 10 mV / digit
Display Green and red LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 65 mm
Weight 72 g
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
26
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
1109531326 gray 4x IN
(U or contact)
2x OUT (relay CO) 4250184137993
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
1109531326IP gray 4x IN
(U or contact)
2x OUT (relay CO) 4250184138006
3 C1 21
4 C1 22 24
2C1 11
1 C1 12 14
24VAC/DC
GND
BUS A-
BUS B+
A2
A-
B+
A1
A2
A-
A1
B+
BUS A-
BUS A-
BUS B+
BUS B+
A2
A1
A2
A1
Bus
Supply
Outputs
Inputs
24
21
22
14
11
12
4
C1
3
C1
2
C1
1
C1
GND
24VAC/DC
GND
24VAC/DC
Ethernet I/Os | Mixed Modules
Matching accessory
for EW-DIO4/2
Page
Matching accessory
for EW-DIO4/2-IP
Page
Wiring/Principle diagram Wiring/Principle diagram
141
Power supply NG4 HS
141
HUB DC
142
Jumper plug
for I/O components
142
Terminal block Type 259
141
Power supply NG4 HS
141
HUB DC
143
Terminal block ASP02
1
I/O components
EW-DIO4/2
The extension module with 4 digital inputs and 2 relay outputs
with manual control was developed for decentralized
switching tasks. It is suitable for accommodating, for example,
light switches and window contacts in a room, switching two
light strips or controlling louvers. It can also be used to control
2 motorized fire dampers. With strong inductive loads, we
recommend protecting the relay contacts with an RC element.
The inputs can be used as contact or voltage inputs.
The module can only be used in combination with EWIO-9180,
which scans and switches the inputs and outputs. The module
address is set by means of an address switch on the front. Suit-
able for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor.
EW-DIO4/2-IP
The extension module in an IP65 housing with 4 digital inputs
and 2 relay outputs with manual control was developed for
decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable for accommodating,
for example, light switches and window contacts in a room,
switching two light strips or controlling louvers. It can also be
used to control 2 motorized fire dampers. With strong inductive
loads, we recommend protecting the relay contacts additionally
with an RC element. The inputs can be used as contact or voltage
inputs. The module can only be used in combination with EWIO-
9180, which scans and switches the inputs and outputs.
The module address is set by means of an address switch.
Protocol EWIO internal
Addressing range 0 to 9
Bus interface Two-wire bus
Transmission rate 115200 baud
Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV)
Current consumption 200 mA (AC) / 75 mA (DC)
Relative duty cycle 100 %
Inputs 4 x digital
Input / voltage 30 V DC
Input / high signal more than 7 V AC/DC
Output / contacts 2 changeover contacts (DPST)
Output / switching voltage 250 V AC
Output / continuous current 16 A / output
Output / switch-on current 80 A (less than 20 ms)
Display Green, red and yellow LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 50 x 70 x 75 mm
Weight 126 g
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Protocol EWIO internal
Addressing range 0 to 9
Bus interface Two-wire bus
Transmission rate 115200 baud
Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV)
Current consumption 200 mA (AC) / 75 mA (DC)
Relative duty cycle 100 %
Inputs 4 x digital
Input / voltage 30 V DC
Input / high signal more than 7 V AC/DC
Output / contacts 2 changeover contacts (DPST)
Output / switching voltage 250 V AC
Output / continuous current (UL) 8 A / output
Output / continuous current (VDE) 10 A / output
Output / switch-on current 80 A (less than 20 ms)
Display Green, red and yellow LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 159 x 41.5 x 120 mm
Weight 350 g
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP65 / IP20
27
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
1108841319 gray 4x IN
(U or contact)
4250184138747
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
1108841319IP gray 4x IN
(U or contact)
4250184160984
BUS A-
BUS B+
1+1- L+ 2-2+
L- 4- 4+ L+ 3+ 3-
A1
A2
A-
B+
A1
A2
A-
B+
GND
24 V AC/DC
L-
BUS A-
BUS B+
3-
3+
L+
4+
4-
L-
A2 /GND
A1/+24
V1-
L+
2+
2-
L-
1+
max. 30 Vmax. 30 V
BACnet MS/TP
on RS-485
RISC - CPU
24 V
BUS A-
BUS B+
BUS A-
BUS B+
Supply
A2
A1
A2
A1
GND
Bus
Inputs
4
C1
3
C1
2
C1
1
C1
24 V AC/DC
GND
24 V AC/DC
BUS A-
BUS B+
A2 /GND
A1/+24
V
BACnet MS/TP
on RS-485
RISC - CPU
24 V
1
2
C1
3
C1
4
C1
C1
GND+24 V
J
BACnet MS/TP I/Os | Digital input
Matching accessory
for BMT-DI4 BACnet MS/TP
Page
Matching accessory
for BMT-DI4-IP65 BACnet
MS/TP
Page
1
Wiring/Principle diagram Wiring/Principle diagram
I/O components
141
Power supply NG4 HS
141
HUB DC
142
Jumper plug
for I/O components
142
Terminal block Type 259
141
Power supply NG4 HS
141
HUB DC
143
Terminal block ASP02
BMT-DI4 BACnet MS/TP
The BACnet MS/TP module with 4 digital inputs was developed
for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable for detecting
potential-free switch states, for example electrical limit
switches on vent valves or auxiliary contacts of power contac-
tors. The inputs can be operated by means of potential- free
switches or contacts or used as voltage inputs. The inputs can
be scanned by means of standard objects via a BACnet client.
The module is addressed and the baud rate is set by means of
two address switches on the front.
Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor.
BMT-DI4-IP65 BACnet MS/TP
The BACnet MS/TP module in IP65 housing with 4 digital inputs
was developed for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable
for detecting potential-free switch states, for example electrical
limit switches on vent valves or auxiliary contacts of power
contactors. The inputs can be operated by means of poten-
tial-free switches or contacts or used as voltage inputs. The
inputs can be scanned by means of standard objects via a
BACnet client. The module address and the baud rate are set
by means of two address switches.
Protocol BACnet MS/TP
Addressing range 00 to F9
Bus interface RS485 (two-wire bus)
Transmission rate 9600 to 115200 baud
Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV)
Current consumption 50 mA (AC) / 20 mA (DC)
Relative duty cycle 100 %
Inputs 4 x digital
Input / voltage 30 V DC
Input / high signal more than 7 V AC/DC
Display Green, red and yellow LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 65 mm
Weight 95 g
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Protocol BACnet MS/TP
Addressing range 00 to F9
Bus interface RS485 (two-wire bus)
Transmission rate 9600 to 115200 baud
Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV)
Current consumption 64 mA (AC) / 35 mA (DC)
Relative duty cycle 100 %
Inputs 4 x digital
Input / voltage 30 V DC
Input / high signal more than 7 V AC/DC
Display Green, red and yellow LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 159 x 41.5 x 120 mm
Weight 350 g
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP65 / IP20
28
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
1108811319 gray 10x IN
(U or contact)
4250184138709
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11088913 gray 4x IN
(S0 impulse)
4250184160991
BUS A-
BUS B+
21354
9876C110
A1
A2
A-
B+
A1
A2
A-
B+
GND
24 V AC/DC
C1
BUS A-
BUS B+
C1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
A2 /GND
A1/+24
V
C1
+24 V GND
J
BACnet MS/TP
on RS-485
RISC - CPU
24 V
24 V AC/DC
GND
BUS B+
BUS A-
GND
B+
A-
+24V
B+
A-
S04-
+24V
GND
S04+ S03- S03+
S01+ S01- S02+ S02-
Use Copper Conductors Only
24V AC / 170mA
24V DC / 65mA
GND, Class 2
24V
BACnet MS/TP
on RS-485
S04-
S03-
S02-
S04+
S03+
S02+
S01-
A2/ GND
BUS B+
BUS A-
A1/ +24V
S01+
RISC - CPU
BACnet MS/TP I/Os | Digital input
Matching accessory
for BMT-DI10 BACnet MS/TP
Page
Matching accessory
for BMT-SI4 BACnet MS/TP
Page
Wiring/Principle diagram Wiring/Principle diagram
141
Power supply NG4 HS
141
HUB DC
142
Jumper plug
for I/O components
142
Terminal block Type 259
141
Power supply NG4 HS
141
HUB DC
142
Jumper plug
for I/O components
142
Terminal block Type 259
1
I/O components
BMT-DI10 BACnet MS/TP
The BACnet MS/TP module with 10 digital inputs was devel-
oped for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable for
detecting potential-free switch states, for example electrical
limit switches on vent valves or auxiliary contacts of power
contactors. The inputs can be used as contact or voltage
inputs. The inputs can be scanned by means of standard
objects via a BACnet client. The module is addressed and the
baud rate is set by means of two address switches on the
front.
Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor.
BMT-SI4 BACnet MS/TP
The BACnet MS/TP module with 4 S0 inputs to DIN EN 62053-
31 class A was developed for decentralized switching tasks.
It is suitable for counting S0 counter pulses. This allows very
good integration of the module into an energy controlling
system. In case of a power failure, the last counter readings are
saved. The inputs can be scanned by means of standard
objects via a BACnet client. The module is addressed and the
baud rate is set by means of two address switches on the
front.
Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor.
Protocol BACnet MS/TP
Addressing range 00 to F9
Bus interface RS485 (two-wire bus)
Transmission rate 9600 to 115200 baud
Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV)
Current consumption 200 mA (AC) / 75 mA (DC)
Relative duty cycle 100 %
Inputs 10 x digital
Input / voltage 30 V DC
Input / high signal more than 7 V AC/DC
Display Green, red and yellow LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 65 mm
Weight 83 g
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Protocol BACnet MS/TP
Addressing range 00 to F9
Bus interface RS485 (two-wire bus)
Transmission rate 9600 to 115200 baud
Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV)
Current consumption 170 mA (AC) / 65 mA (DC)
Relative duty cycle 100 %
Inputs 4 x S0 input, class A
Input / acc. to standard DIN EN 62053-31
Display Green, red and yellow LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 65 mm
Weight 83 g
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
29
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11088213 gray 8x IN (U or R) 4250184138716
8C27C2 6C25C2 S
BUS A-
BUS B+
A1
A2
A-
B+
A1
A2
A-
B+
GND
24 V AC/DC
1C22C2 3C24C2 S
A
BUS A-
BUS B+
8
C2
7
C2
6
C2
A2 /GND
A1/+24
V
BACnet MS/TP
on RS-485
RISC - CPU
24 V
Outputs:
Voltage 15 V DC
or 24 V AC/DC
Inputs:
Voltage: 0-10 V
Resistance:
40 Ohm - 4 MOhm
S
S
C2
4
C2
3
C2
2
C2
1
C2
5
D
BACnet MS/TP I/Os | Analog input
Matching accessory
for BMT-AI8 BACnet MS/TP
Page
1
Wiring/Principle diagram
I/O components
141
Power supply NG4 HS
141
HUB DC
142
Jumper plug
for I/O components
142
Terminal block Type 259
BMT-AI8 BACnet MS/TP
The BACnet MS/TP module with 8 individually configurable
resistance or voltage inputs was developed for decentralized
switching tasks. It is suitable for detecting resistances and volt-
ages of, for example, passive and active temperature sensors,
electrical vent and mixing valves, valve positions, etc. The
inputs can be configured universally by means of standard
objects via a BACnet client. The module is addressed and the
baud rate is set by means of two address switches on the
front.
Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor.
Protocol BACnet MS/TP
Addressing range 00 to F9
Bus interface RS485 (two-wire bus)
Transmission rate 9600 to 115200 baud
Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV)
Current consumption 65 mA (AC) / 25 mA (DC)
Relative duty cycle 100 %
Inputs 8 x individually configurable
Input / resistance 40 Ohm to 4 MOhm
Input / voltage 0 V to 10 V DC
Input / resolution 10 mV (0 to 100 %)
Input / error approx. +/- 100 mV
Display Green and red LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 50 x 70 x 65 mm
Weight 104 g
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
30
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11088013 gray 4x OUT (triac) 4250184138693
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
1108861321 gray 4x OUT
(relay CO)
4250184138761
BUS A-
BUS B+
13 14 23
4443
A1
A2
A-
B+
A1
A2
A-
B+
GND
24 V AC/DC
24
33 34
BUS A-
BUS B+
13
14
23
44
43
A2 /GND
A1/+24 V
24
33
34
BACnet MS/TP
on RS-485
RISC - CPU
24 V
BUS A-
BUS B+
1411 12 2421
41 44 32 31 3442
A1
A2
A-
B+
A1
A2
A-
B+
GND
24 V AC/DC
22
BUS A-
BUS B+
12 N.C.
11 C
A2 /GND
A1/+24
V
BACnet MS/TP
on RS-485
RISC - CPU
24 V 14 N.O.
22 N.C.
21 C
24 N.O.
32 N.C.
31 C
34 N.O.
42 N.C.
41 C
44 N.O.
BACnet MS/TP I/Os | Digital output
Matching accessory
for BMT-TO4 BACnet MS/TP
Page
Matching accessory
for BMT-DO4 BACnet MS/TP
Page
Wiring/Principle diagram Wiring/Principle diagram
141
Power supply NG4 HS
141
HUB DC
142
Jumper plug
for I/O components
142
Terminal block Type 259
141
Power supply NG4 HS
141
HUB DC
142
Jumper plug
for I/O components
142
Terminal block Type 259
1
I/O components
BMT-TO4 BACnet MS/TP
The BACnet MS/TP module with 4 digital triac outputs was
developed for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable for
switching electrical components, such as relays, contactors,
HLK valves, etc. The outputs can be switched by means of stan-
dard objects via a BACnet client. In addition, the outputs can
be overridden manually by means of switches on the device.
The module is addressed and the baud rate is set by means of
two address switches on the front.
Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor.
BMT-DO4 BACnet MS/TP
The BACnet MS/TP module with 4 digital outputs was devel-
oped for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable for
switching electrical components, such as motors, contactors,
lamps, louvers, etc. With strong inductive loads, we recom-
mend protecting the relay contacts additionally with an RC
element. The module is provided with a manual control for
manually switching the relays. The outputs can be switched by
means of standard objects via a BACnet client. The module is
addressed and the baud rate is set by means of two address
switches on the front.
Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor.
Protocol BACnet MS/TP
Addressing range 00 to F9
Bus interface RS485 (two-wire bus)
Transmission rate 9600 to 115200 baud
Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV)
Current consumption 100 mA (AC) / 40 mA (DC)
Relative duty cycle 100 %
Output / contacts 4 digital outputs (triac)
Output / switching voltage 24 V AC up to max. 250 V AC
Output / continuous current 0.5 A / output
Output / switching current 0.8 A (less than 30 s)
Output / switch-on current 10 A (less than 20 ms)
Display Green, red and yellow LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 75 mm
Weight 95 g
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Protocol BACnet MS/TP
Addressing range 00 to F9
Bus interface RS485 (two-wire bus)
Transmission rate 9600 to 115200 baud
Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV)
Current consumption 200 mA (AC) / 70 mA (DC)
Relative duty cycle 100 %
Output / contacts 4 changeover contacts (4PST)
Output / switching voltage 250 V AC
Output / continuous current 5 A / output
Output / switching frequency 360 cycles/h
Display Green, red and yellow LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 75 mm
Weight 95 g
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
31
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
1108851302 gray 4x OUT (U) 4250184138754
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
1108871302 gray 4x OUT (U) manual/automatic 4250184151937
BUS A-
BUS B+
C2
1C
22
C2
4C23
A1
A2
A-
B+
A1
A2
A-
B+
GND
24 V AC/DC
BUS A-
BUS B+
1
A2 /GND
A1/+24 V
BACnet
MS/TP
on RS-485
RISC - CPU
24 V C2
2
C2.
3
C2
4
C2
Output:
Voltage 0-10V
BUS A-
BUS B+
C2
1C
22
C2
4C23
A1
A2
A-
B+
A1
A2
A-
B+
GND
24 V AC/DC
BUS A-
BUS B+
1
A2 /GND
A1/+24 V
BACnet
MS/TP
on RS-485
RISC - CPU
24 V C2
2
C2.
3
C2
4
C2
Output:
Voltage 0-10V
BACnet MS/TP I/Os | Analog Output
Matching accessory
for BMT-AO4 BACnet MS/TP
Page
Matching accessory
for BMT-AOP4 BACnet
MS/ TP
Page
1
Wiring/Principle diagram Wiring/Principle diagram
I/O components
141
Power supply NG4 HS
141
HUB DC
142
Jumper plug
for I/O components
142
Terminal block Type 259
141
Power supply NG4 HS
141
HUB DC
142
Jumper plug
for I/O components
142
Terminal block Type 259
BMT-AO4 BACnet MS/TP
The BACnet MS/TP module with 4 analog outputs was devel-
oped for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable as encoder
for control variables, for example for electrical vent and mixing
valves, valve positions, etc.
The outputs can be output by means of standard objects via
a BACnet client. The module is addressed and the baud rate
is set by means of two address switches on the front.
Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor.
BMT-AOP4 BACnet MS/TP
The BACnet MS/TP module with 4 analog outputs was devel-
oped for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable as encoder
for control variables, for example for electrical vent and mixing
valves, valve positions, etc.
The outputs can be output by means of standard objects via
a BACnet client. Each output can be set for automatic or
manual operation by means of 4 potentiometers at the front.
The module is addressed and the baud rate is set by means
of two address switches on the front.
Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor.
Protocol BACnet MS/TP
Addressing range 00 to F9
Bus interface RS485 (two-wire bus)
Transmission rate 9600 to 115200 baud
Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV)
Current consumption 50 mA (AC) / 20 mA (DC)
Relative duty cycle 100 %
Outputs 4 x analog
Output / voltage 0 V to 10 V DC
Output / current 5 mA at 10 V DC
Output / resolution 10 mV / digit
Display Green and red LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 65 mm
Weight 72 g
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Protocol BACnet MS/TP
Addressing range 00 to F9
Bus interface RS485 (two-wire bus)
Transmission rate 9600 to 115200 baud
Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV)
Current consumption 50 mA (AC) / 20 mA (DC)
Relative duty cycle 100 %
Outputs 4 x analog
Output / voltage 0 V to 10 V DC
Output / current 5 mA at 10 V DC
Output / resolution 10 mV / digit
Display Green and red LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 65 mm
Weight 72 g
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
32
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
1108831326 gray 4x IN
(U or contact)
2x OUT (relay CO) 4250184138723
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
1108831326IP gray 4x IN
(U or contact)
2x OUT (relay CO) 4250184138730
BACnet MS/TP I/Os | Mixed Modules
Wiring/Principle diagram
Matching accessory
for BMT-DIO4/2 BACnet
MS/ TP
Page
Matching accessory
for BMT-DIO4/2-IP65
BACnet MS/TP
Page
Wiring/Principle diagram
141
Power supply NG4 HS
141
HUB DC
142
Jumper plug
for I/O components
142
Terminal block Type 259
141
Power supply NG4 HS
141
HUB DC
143
Terminal block ASP02
1
I/O components
BMT-DIO4/2 BACnet MS/TP
The BACnet MS/TP module with 4 digital inputs and 2 relay
outputs with manual control was developed for decentralized
switching tasks. It is suitable for accommodating, for example,
light switches and window contacts in a room, switching two
light strips or controlling louvers. It can also be used to control 2
motorized fire dampers. With strong inductive loads, we recom-
mend protecting the relay contacts with an RC element. The
inputs can be used as contact or voltage inputs. The inputs and
outputs can be switched and scanned by means of standard
objects via a BACnet client. The module address and the baud
rate are set by means of two address switches on the front. Suit-
able for decentralized mounting in serial sub- distributor.
BMT-DIO4/2-IP65 BACnet MS/TP
The BACnet MS/TP module in IP65 housing with 4 digital inputs
and 2 relay outputs with manual control was developed for
decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable for accommo-
dating, for example, light switches and window contacts in a
room, switching two light strips or controlling louvers. It can
also be used to control 2 motorized fire dampers. With strong
inductive loads, we recommend protecting the relay contacts
additionally with an RC element. The inputs can be used as
contact or voltage inputs. The inputs and outputs can be
switched and scanned by means of standard objects via a
BACnet client. The module address and the baud rate are set
by means of two address switches.
Protocol BACnet MS/TP
Addressing range 00 to F9
Bus interface RS485 (two-wire bus)
Transmission rate 9600 to 115200 baud
Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV)
Current consumption 200 mA (AC) / 75 mA (DC)
Relative duty cycle 100 %
Inputs 4 x digital
Input / voltage 30 V DC
Input / high signal more than 7 V AC/DC
Output / contacts 2 changeover contacts (DPST)
Output / switching voltage 250 V AC
Output / continuous current 16 A / output
Output / switch-on current 80 A (less than 20 ms)
Display Green, red and yellow LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 50 x 70 x 75 mm
Weight 126 g
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Protocol BACnet MS/TP
Addressing range 00 to F9
Bus interface RS485 (two-wire bus)
Transmission rate 9600 to 115200 baud
Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV)
Current consumption 200 mA (AC) / 75 mA (DC)
Relative duty cycle 100 %
Inputs 4 x digital
Input / voltage 30 V DC
Input / high signal more than 7 V AC/DC
Output / contacts 2 changeover contacts (DPST)
Output / switching voltage 250 V AC
Output / continuous current (UL) 8 A / output
Output / continuous current (VDE) 10 A / output
Output / switch-on current 80 A (less than 20 ms)
Display Green, red and yellow LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 159 x 41.5 x 120 mm
Weight 350 g
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP65 / IP20
43C1 C1 22 21 24
BUS A-
BUS B+
A1
A2
A-
B+
A1
A2
A-
B+
GND
24 V AC/DC
12C1 C1 12 11 14
BUS A-
BUS B+
12 N.C.
11 C
A2 /GND
A1/+24
V
BACnet MS/TP
on RS-485
RISC - CPU
24 V 14 N.
O.
22 N.C.
21 C
24 N.
O.
1
2
C1
3
C1
4
C1
C1
GND+24 V
J
BUS A-
BUS A-
BUS B+
BUS B+
A2
A1
A2
A1
bus
supply
outputs
inputs
4
C1
3
C1
2
C1
1
C1
24
21
22
14
11
12
GND
24 V AC/DC
GND
24 V AC/DC
BUS A-
BUS B+
12 N.C.
11 C
A2 /GND
A1/+24 V
BACnet MS/TP
on RS-485
RISC - CPU
24 V 14 N.O.
22 N.C.
21 C
24 N.O.
1
2
C1
3
C1
4
C1
C1
GND+24 V
J
33
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11088813 gray 6x IN (contact) 2x OUT (relay CO),
2x OUT (opto NO)
4250184158899
12
564S2
S1
S2
S1
3 14 24
34 31
11
C2 44
C2
BUS A-
BUS B+
A1
A2
A-
B+
A1
A2
A-
B+
GND
24 V AC/DC
250V AC / 5
A
40V/100mA
24V
RISC - CPU
BACnet MS/TP
on RS-485
11
14
24
S1
S1
31
34
44
Inputs
S2
S2
1 ... 6 C2
BUS A -
BUS B +
A1/ +24V
A2/ GND
BACnet MS/TP I/Os | Mixed Modules
Matching accessory
for BMT-TP
Page
1
Wiring/Principle diagram
I/O components
141
Power supply NG4 HS
141
HUB DC
142
Jumper plug
for I/O components
142
Terminal block Type 259
BMT-TP
The BACnet MS/TP three-point module with 6 digital inputs,
2 two-level relay outputs and 2 digital outputs was developed
for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable for switching,
for example, multi-level pumps and fans or louvers. With
strong inductive loads, we recommend protecting the relay
contacts additionally with an RC element. The inputs and
outputs can be switched and scanned by means of standard
objects via a BACnet client. The input terminals 1 to 6 are
wired with the C2 terminals on two poles to potential-free
switches or contacts. The module has a manual control for
the outputs. The module address and the baud rate are set by
means of two address switches on the front.
Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor.
Protocol BACnet MS/TP
Addressing range 00 to F9
Bus interface RS485 (two-wire bus)
Transmission rate 9600 to 115200 baud
Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV)
Current consumption 100 mA (AC) / 40 mA (DC)
Relative duty cycle 100 %
Inputs 6 x digital contacts
Input / switching threshold 4.5 V DC
Outputs (relay) 2 x two-level
Output / switching voltage 250 V AC
Output / current 6 A / output
Outputs (digital) 2 NO (DPST-NO) (photoMOS)
Output / switching voltage 40 V AC/DC
Output / current 100 mA
Display Green, red and yellow LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 50 x 70 x 75 mm
Weight 126 g
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
34
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11080001 black 4250184158875
BACnet MS/TP I/Os | BACnet Router
Wiring/Dimensional drawing
1
I/O components
BACnet IP / BACnet MS/TP Router
The BACnet IP / BACnet MS/TP Router provides stand-alone
routing between BACnet networks such as BACnet/IP, BACnet
Ethernet, and BACnet MS/TP – thereby allowing the system
integrator to mix BACnet network technologies within a single
BACnet internetwork. One 10/100 Mbps Ethernet port and an
MS/TP port are used as communication interface to the
respective BACnet networks. An integrated web server allows
the configuration, status monitoring, and troubleshooting.
Operating voltage 24 V AC/DC +/- 10 %
Power consumption 4 VA (AC) or 2 W (DC)
Ethernet communications IEEE 802.3, 10/100 Mbps,
10BASE-T, 100BASE-TX
MS/TP communications ANSI/ASHRAE 135,
ISO16484-5, EIA/TIA 485
9600, 19200, 38400 and
76800 Bd
Display
Power LED, green
Ethernet 100 Mbps = LED, green
10 Mbps = LED, yellow
Activity = LED, flashing
MS/TP Activity = LED, green flashing
Mounting TH35 acc. IEC60715
Weight 220g
Operating temperature range 0 °C to +60 °C
Storage temperature range -40 °C to +85 °C
Relative humidity 10 to 95%, non condensing
Ingress protection IP30
35
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
1108341319 gray 4x IN
(U or contact)
4250184135647
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110834131901IP gray 4x IN
(U or contact)
4250184162957
L- 4- 4+ L+ 3+ 3-
1- 1+ L+ 2+ 2- L-
24 V AC/DC
GND
BUS A-
BUS B+
A2
A-
B+
A1
A2
A-
A1
B+
L+
4+
3-
3+
4-
L-
2-
L-
L+
2+
1-
1+
RISC - CPU
A2/ GND
A1/ +24V
BUS B+
BUS A-
Modbus RTU
on RS-485
24 V
BUS A-
BUS B+
BUS A-
BUS B+
Supply
A2
A1
A2
A1
GND
Bus
24 V AC/DC
GND
24 V AC/DC
Damper 2
4C1 3 C1
1 C1 2 C1
Damper 1
RJ45
RJ45
Display
2
Display
1
BUS A-
BUS B+
A2 /GND
A1/+24
V
Modbus RTU
on RS-485
RISC - CPU
24 V
1
2
C1
3
C1
4
C1
C1
GND
Modbus RTU I/Os | Digital input
Matching accessory
for MR-DI4 Modbus RTU
Page
Matching accessory
for MR-DI4-IP65 Modbus
RTU
Page
1
Wiring/Principle diagram Wiring/Principle diagram
I/O components
141
Power supply NG4 HS
141
HUB DC
142
Jumper plug
for I/O components
142
Terminal block Type 259
141
Power supply NG4 HS
141
HUB DC
143
Terminal block ASP02
MR-DI4 Modbus RTU
The Modbus module with 4 digital inputs was developed
for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable for detecting
potential-free switch states, for example electrical limit
switches on vent valves or auxiliary contacts of power
contactors. The inputs can be operated by means of potential-
free switches or contacts or used as voltage inputs. The inputs
can be scanned by means of standard objects via a Modbus
master. The module address, the baud rate and the parity are
set by means of two address switches on the front.
Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor.
MR-DI4-IP65 Modbus RTU
The Modbus module in a surface mounting housing with
4 digital inputs was developed for decentralized switching
tasks. It is suitable for detecting potential-free switch states
from electrical limit switches and their external status display
such as fire dampers or vent valves. The inputs can be operated
by means of potential-free switches or contacts or used as
voltage inputs. The inputs can be scanned by means of
standard objects via a Modbus master. The module address,
the baud rate and the parity are set by means of two address
switches or by software.
Protocol Modbus RTU
Addressing range 00 to 99
Bus interface RS485 (two-wire bus)
Transmission rate 1200 to 115200 baud
Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV)
Current consumption 50 mA (AC) / 20 mA (DC)
Relative duty cycle 100 %
Inputs 4 x digital
Input / voltage 30 V DC
Input / high signal more than 7 V AC/DC
Display Green, red and yellow LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 65 mm
Weight 95 g
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Protocol Modbus RTU
Addressing range 00 to 99
Bus interface RS485 (two-wire bus)
Transmission rate 1200 to 115200 baud
Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV)
Current consumption 50 mA (AC) / 20 mA (DC)
Relative duty cycle 100 %
Inputs 4 x digital
Input / voltage 30 V DC
Input / high signal more than 7 V AC/DC
Display Green, red and yellow LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 65 mm
Weight 95 g
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP20 / IP20
36
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
1108311319 gray 10x IN
(U or contact)
4250184135609
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11083913 gray 4x IN
(S0 impulse)
4250184161035
10 987
6C
1
12345C1
24 V AC/DC
GND
BUS A-
BUS B+
A2
A-
B+
A1
A2
A-
A1
B+
A1 = C1 = 24V JGND
+24V
+24V
RISC - CPU
A2/ GND
A1/ +24V
BUS B+
BUS A-
Modbus RTU
on RS-485
24 V 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
C1
C1
24 V AC/DC
GND
BUS B+
BUS A-
GND
B+
A-
+24V
B+
A-
S04-
+24V
GND
S04+
S03-
S03+
S01+
S01-
S02+
S02-
A1/ +24V
A2/ GND
BUS B+
BUS A-
24V
RISC - CPU
24V AC / 170mA
24V DC / 65mA
GND, Class 2
S01+
S01
S04+
S04
S02+
S02
S03+
S03
Modbus RTU
on RS-485
Modbus RTU I/Os | Digital input
Matching accessory
for MR-DI10 Modbus RTU
Page
Matching accessory
for MR-SI4 Modbus RTU
Page
Wiring/Principle diagram Wiring/Principle diagram
141
Power supply NG4 HS
141
HUB DC
142
Jumper plug
for I/O components
142
Terminal block Type 259
141
Power supply NG4 HS
141
HUB DC
142
Jumper plug
for I/O components
142
Terminal block Type 259
1
I/O components
MR-DI10 Modbus RTU
The Modbus module with 10 digital inputs was developed
for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable for detecting
potential-free switch states, for example electrical limit
switches on vent valves or auxiliary contacts of power
contactors. The inputs can be used as contact or voltage
inputs. The inputs can be scanned by means of standard
objects via a Modbus master. The module address, the baud
rate and the parity are set by means of two address switches
on the front.
Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor.
MR-SI4 Modbus RTU
The Modbus module with 4 S0 inputs to DIN EN 62053-31
class A was developed for decentralized switching tasks. It is
suitable for counting S0 counter pulses. This allows very good
integration of the module into an energy controlling system.
In case of a power failure, the last counter readings are saved.
The inputs can be scanned by means of standard objects via
a Modbus master. The module address, the baud rate and the
parity are set by means of two address switches on the front.
Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor.
Protocol Modbus RTU
Addressing range 00 to 99
Bus interface RS485 (two-wire bus)
Transmission rate 1200 to 115200 baud
Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV)
Current consumption 85 mA (AC) / 75 mA (DC)
Relative duty cycle 100 %
Inputs 10 x digital
Input / voltage 30 V DC
Input / high signal more than 17 V AC/DC
Display Green, red and yellow LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 65 mm
Weight 83 g
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Protocol Modbus RTU
Addressing range 00 to 99
Bus interface RS485 (two-wire bus)
Transmission rate 1200 to 115200 baud
Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV)
Current consumption 170 mA (AC) / 65 mA (DC)
Relative duty cycle 100 %
Inputs 4 x S0 input, class A
Input / acc. to standard DIN EN 62053-31
Display Green, red and yellow LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 65 mm
Weight 83 g
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
37
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11083213 gray 8x IN (U or R) 4250184135616
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
1108401332 gray 4x IN (U or I)
active
4250184165699
C2 C2 C2 C2
1234S
C2 C2 C2 C2
8765S
24 V AC/DC
GND
BUS A-
BUS B+
A2
A-
B+
A1
A2
A-
A1
B+
I4 U4 4- I3 U3 3-
1- U1 I1 2- U2 I2
24 V AC/DC
GND
BUS A-
BUS B+
A2
A-
B+
A1
A2
A-
A1
B+
1-
2-
3-
4-
U1
U2
U3
U4
I2
I3
I4
I1
D
A
BUS A-
BUS B+
A2/ GND
A1/ +24
V
Modbus RTU
on RS-485
RISC - CPU
24 V
Voltage 0-10 V
No function
0..20 mA
4..20 mA
Modbus RTU I/Os | Analog input
Matching accessory
for MR-AI8 Modbus RTU
Page
Matching accessory
for MR-CI4 Modbus RTU
Page
1
Wiring/Principle diagram Wiring/Principle diagram
I/O components
141
Power supply NG4 HS
141
HUB DC
142
Jumper plug
for I/O components
142
Terminal block Type 259
141
Power supply NG4 HS
141
HUB DC
142
Jumper plug
for I/O components
142
Terminal block Type 259
MR-AI8 Modbus RTU
The Modbus module with 8 individually configurable resistance
or voltage inputs was developed for decentralized switching
tasks. It is suitable for detecting resistances and voltages of,
for example, passive and active temperature sensors, electrical
vent and mixing valves, valve positions, etc. The inputs can
be configured universally by means of standard objects via
a Modbus master. The module address, the baud rate and the
parity are set by means of two address switches on the front.
Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor.
MR-CI4 Modbus RTU
The Modbus module with 4 analog inputs was developed
for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable for detecting
currents and voltages of, for example, passive and active
temperature sensors, electrical vent and mixing valves, valve
positions, etc. The inputs can be scanned by means of standard
objects via a Modbus master. The module address, the baud
rate and the parity are set by means of two address switches
on the front.
Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor.
Protocol Modbus RTU
Addressing range 00 to 99
Bus interface RS485 (two-wire bus)
Transmission rate 1200 to 115200 baud
Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV)
Current consumption 65 mA (AC) / 25 mA (DC)
Relative duty cycle 100 %
Inputs 8 x individually configurable
Input / resistance 40 Ohm to 4 MOhm
Input / voltage 0 V to 10 V DC
Input / resolution 10 mV (0 to 100 %)
Input / error approx. +/- 100 mV
Display Green and red LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 50 x 70 x 65 mm
Weight 104 g
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Protocol Modbus RTU
Addressing range 00 to 99
Bus interface RS485 (two-wire bus)
Transmission rate 1200 to 115200 baud
Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV)
Current consumption 25 mA (AC) / 10 mA (DC)
Relative duty cycle 100 %
Inputs 4 x analog
Input / voltage 0 V to 10 V DC
Input / resolution 1 mV (0 to 100 %)
Input / error 10 mV
Input / current 0 (4) to 20 mA DC
Input / resolution 2 µA
Input / error 20 µA
Display Green, red LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 65 mm
Weight 95 g
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
38
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11083013 gray 4x OUT (triac) 4250184135593
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
1108361321 gray 4x OUT
(relay CO)
manual/automatic 4250184135661
24 V AC/DC
GND
BUS A-
BUS B+
A2
A-
B+
A1
A2
A-
A1
B+
43 44 33 34
13 14 23 24
13
14
34
23
24
33
43
44
RISC - CPU
A2/ GND
A1/ +24V
BUS B+
BUS A-
Modbus RTU
on RS-485
24 V
41 44 31 34
11 14 21 24
24 V AC/DC
GND
BUS A-
BUS B+
A2
A-
B+
A1
A2
A-
A1
B+
42 32
12 22
42 N.C.
44 N.O.
41 C
32 N.C.
34 N.O.
31 C
12 N.C.
14 N.O.
11 C
22 N.C.
24 N.O.
21 C
RISC - CPU
A2/ GND
A1/ +24V
BUS B+
BUS A-
Modbus RTU
on RS-485
24 V
Modbus RTU I/Os | Digital output
Matching accessory
for MR-TO4 Modbus RTU
Page
Matching accessory
for MR-DO4 Modbus RTU
Page
Wiring/Principle diagram Wiring/Principle diagram
141
Power supply NG4 HS
141
HUB DC
142
Jumper plug
for I/O components
142
Terminal block Type 259
141
Power supply NG4 HS
141
HUB DC
142
Jumper plug
for I/O components
142
Terminal block Type 259
1
I/O components
MR-TO4 Modbus RTU
The Modbus module with 4 digital triac outputs was
developed for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable for
switching electrical components, such as relays, contactors,
HLK valves, etc. The outputs can be switched by means of
standard objects via a Modbus master. In addition, the outputs
can be overridden manually by means of switches on the
device. The module address, the baud rate and the parity are
set by means of two address switches on the front.
Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor.
MR-DO4 Modbus RTU
The Modbus module with 4 digital outputs was developed
for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable for switching
electrical components, such as motors, contactors, lamps,
louvers, etc. With strong inductive loads, we recommend
protecting the relay contacts additionally with an RC element.
The module is provided with a manual control for manually
switching the relays. The outputs can be switched by means
of standard objects via a Modbus master. The module address,
the baud rate and the parity are set by means of two address
switches on the front.
Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor.
Protocol Modbus RTU
Addressing range 00 to 99
Bus interface RS485 (two-wire bus)
Transmission rate 1200 to 115200 baud
Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV)
Current consumption 100 mA (AC) / 40 mA (DC)
Relative duty cycle 100 %
Output / contacts 4 digital outputs (triac)
Output / switching voltage 24 V AC up to max. 250 V AC
Output / continuous current 0.5 A / output
Output / switching current 0.8 A (less than 30 s)
Output / switch-on current 10 A (less than 20 ms)
Display Green, red and yellow LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 75 mm
Weight 95 g
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Protocol Modbus RTU
Addressing range 00 to 99
Bus interface RS485 (two-wire bus)
Transmission rate 1200 to 115200 baud
Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV)
Current consumption 200 mA (AC) / 70 mA (DC)
Relative duty cycle 100 %
Output / contacts 4 changeover contacts
(4PST)
Output / switching voltage 250 V AC
Output / continuous current 5 A / output
Output / switching frequency 360 cycles/h
Display Green, red and yellow LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 75 mm
Weight 95 g
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
39
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110836132101 gray 4x OUT
(relay CO)
4250184158745
41 44 31 34
11 14 21 24
24 V AC/DC
GND
BUS A-
BUS B+
A2
A-
B+
A1
A2
A-
A1
B+
42 32
12 22
42 N.C.
44 N.O.
41 C
32 N.C.
34 N.O.
31 C
12 N.C.
14 N.O.
11 C
22 N.C.
24 N.O.
21 C
RISC - CPU
A2/ GND
A1/ +24V
BUS B+
BUS A-
Modbus RTU
on RS-485
24 V
Modbus RTU I/Os | Digital output
Matching accessory
for MR-DOA4 Modbus RTU
Page
1
Wiring/Principle diagram
I/O components
141
Power supply NG4 HS
141
HUB DC
142
Jumper plug
for I/O components
142
Terminal block Type 259
MR-DOA4 Modbus RTU
The Modbus module with 4 digital outputs was developed
for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable for switching
electrical components, such as motors, contactors, lamps,
louvers, etc. With strong inductive loads, we recommend
protecting the relay contacts additionally with an RC element.
The module is provided with a manual control for manually
switching the relays. The outputs can be switched by means
of standard objects via a Modbus master. The module address,
the baud rate and the parity are set by means of two address
switches on the front.
Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor.
Protocol Modbus RTU
Addressing range 00 to 99
Bus interface RS485 (two-wire bus)
Transmission rate 1200 to 115200 baud
Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV)
Current consumption 200 mA (AC) / 70 mA (DC)
Relative duty cycle 100 %
Output / contacts 4 changeover contacts
(4PST)
Output / switching voltage 250 V AC
Output / continuous current 5 A / output
Output / switching frequency 360 cycles/h
Display Green, red and yellow LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 75 mm
Weight 95 g
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
40
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
1108351302 gray 4x OUT
(relay CO)
4250184135654
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
1108371302 gray 4x OUT (U) manual/automatic 4250184151920
C2
4C23
1C2 2C2
24 V AC/DC
GND
BUS A-
BUS B+
A2
A-
B+
A1
A2
A-
A1
B+
D
A
A2 = C2 = GND
C2
C2
C2
1
2
3
4
C2
RISC - CPU
A2/ GND
A1/ +24V
Output:
Voltage
0-10V
BUS B+
BUS A-
Modbus
RTU
on RS-485
24 V
C2
4C23
1C2 2C2
24 V AC/DC
GND
BUS A-
BUS B+
A2
A-
B+
A1
A2
A-
A1
B+
D
A
A2 = C2 = GND
C2
C2
C2
1
2
3
4
C2
RISC - CPU
A2/ GND
A1/ +24V
Output:
Voltage
0-10V
BUS B+
BUS A-
Modbus
RTU
on RS-485
24 V
Modbus RTU I/Os | Analog Output
Matching accessory
for MR-AO4 Modbus RTU
Page
Matching accessory
for MR-AOP4 Modbus RTU
Page
Wiring/Principle diagram Wiring/Principle diagram
141
Power supply NG4 HS
141
HUB DC
142
Jumper plug
for I/O components
142
Terminal block Type 259
141
Power supply NG4 HS
141
HUB DC
142
Jumper plug
for I/O components
142
Terminal block Type 259
1
I/O components
MR-AO4 Modbus RTU
The Modbus module with 4 analog outputs was developed
for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable as encoder
for control variables, for example for electrical vent and mixing
valves, valve positions, etc.
The outputs can be output by means of standard objects via
a Modbus master. The module address, the baud rate and the
parity are set by means of two address switches on the front.
Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor.
MR-AOP4 Modbus RTU
The Modbus module with 4 analog outputs was developed
for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable as encoder
for control variables, for example for electrical vent and mixing
valves, valve positions, etc.
The outputs can be output by means of standard objects via
a Modbus master. Each output can be set for automatic or
manual operation by means of 4 potentiometers at the front.
The module address, the baud rate and the parity are set by
means of two address switches on the front.
Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor.
Protocol Modbus RTU
Addressing range 00 to 99
Bus interface RS485 (two-wire bus)
Transmission rate 1200 to 115200 baud
Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV)
Current consumption 50 mA (AC) / 20 mA (AC)
Relative duty cycle 100 %
Outputs 4 x analog
Output / voltage 0 V to 10 V DC
Output / current 5 mA at 10 V DC
Output / resolution 10 mV / digit
Display Green and red LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 65 mm
Weight 72 g
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Protocol Modbus RTU
Addressing range 00 to 99
Bus interface RS485 (two-wire bus)
Transmission rate 1200 to 115200 baud
Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV)
Current consumption 50 mA (AC) / 20 mA (AC)
Relative duty cycle 100 %
Outputs 4 x analog
Output / voltage 0 V to 10 V DC
Output / current 5 mA at 10 V DC
Output / resolution 10 mV / digit
Display Green and red LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 65 mm
Weight 72 g
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
41
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
1108331326 gray 4x IN
(U or contact)
2x OUT (relay CO) 4250184135623
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110833132601 gray 4x IN
(U or contact)
2x OUT (relay NO) 4250184173595
43C1 C1 22 21 24
BUS A-
BUS B+
A1
A2
A-
B+
A1
A2
A-
B+
GND
24 V AC/DC
12C1 C1 12 11 14
BUS A-
BUS B+
12 N.C.
11 C
A2 /GND
A1/+24
V
BACnet MS/TP
on RS-485
RISC - CPU
24 V 14 N.
O.
22 N.C.
21 C
24 N.
O.
1
2
C1
3
C1
4
C1
C1
GND+24 V
J
3C
12
4
4C
12
3
2 C1 14
1C113
24 V AC/DC
GND
BUS A-
BUS B+
A2
A-
B+
A1
A2
A-
A1
B+
24V
1
C1
2
C1
3
C1
4
C1
J
GND
+24V
A1/ +24V
A2/ GND
BUS B+
BUS A-
RISC - CPU
Modbus RTU
on RS-485
13 N.O.
14 C
13 N.O.
14 C
Modbus RTU I/Os | Mixed Modules
Matching accessory
for MR-DIO4/2 Modbus RTU
Page
Matching accessory
for MR-DIO4/2S Modbus
RTU
Page
1
Wiring/Principle diagram Wiring/Principle diagram
I/O components
141
Power supply NG4 HS
141
HUB DC
142
Jumper plug
for I/O components
142
Terminal block Type 259
141
Power supply NG4 HS
141
HUB DC
142
Jumper plug
for I/O components
142
Terminal block Type 259
MR-DIO4/2 Modbus RTU
The Modbus module with 4 digital inputs and 2 relay outputs
with manual control was developed for decentralized switching
tasks. It is suitable for accommodating, for example, light
switches and window contacts in a room, switching two light
strips or controlling louvers. It can also be used to control 2
motorized fire dampers. With strong inductive loads, we
recommend protecting the relay contacts with an RC element.
The inputs can be used as contact or voltage inputs. The inputs
and outputs can be switched and scanned by means of standard
objects via a Modbus master. The module address, the baud rate
and the parity are set by means of two address switches on the
front. Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor.
MR-DIO4/2S Modbus RTU
The Modbus module with 4 digital inputs and 2 relay outputs
with manual control was developed for decentralized switching
tasks. It is suitable for accommodating, for example, light
switches and window contacts in a room, switching two light
strips or controlling louvers. It can also be used to control 2
motorized fire dampers. With strong inductive loads, we
recommend protecting the relay contacts with an RC element.
The inputs can be used as contact or voltage inputs. The inputs
and outputs can be switched and scanned by means of standard
objects via a Modbus master. The module address, the baud rate
and the parity are set by means of two address switches on the
front. Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor.
Protocol Modbus RTU
Addressing range 00 to 99
Bus interface RS485 (two-wire bus)
Transmission rate 1200 to 115200 baud
Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV)
Current consumption 200 mA (AC) / 75 mA (DC)
Relative duty cycle 100 %
Inputs 4 x digital
Input / voltage 30 V DC
Input / high signal more than 8 V AC/DC
Output / contacts 2 changeover contacts (DPST)
Output / switching voltage 250 V AC
Output / continuous current 16 A / output
Output / switch-on current 80 A (less than 20 ms)
Display Green, red and yellow LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 50 x 70 x 75 mm
Weight 126 g
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Protocol Modbus RTU
Addressing range 00 to 99
Bus interface RS485 (two-wire bus)
Transmission rate 1200 to 115200 baud
Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV)
Current consumption 200 mA (AC) / 75 mA (DC)
Relative duty cycle 100 %
Inputs 4 x digital
Input / voltage 30 V DC
Input / high signal more than 8 V AC/DC
Output / contacts 2 NO contacts (DPST-NO)
Output / switching voltage 250 V AC
Output / continuous current 16 A / output
Output / switch-on current 80 A (less than 20 ms)
Display Green, red and yellow LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 50 x 70 x 75 mm
Weight 126 g
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
42
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
1108331326IP gray 4x IN
(U or contact)
2x OUT (relay CO) 4250184135630
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11083813 gray 6x IN (contact) 2x OUT (relay CO),
2x OUT (opto NO)
4250184161004
12
564S2
S1
S2
S1
3 14 24
34 31
11
C2 44
C2
BUS A-
BUS B+
A1
A2
A-
B+
A1
A2
A-
B+
GND
24 V AC/DC
Modbus RTU
on RS-485
24V
RISC - CPU
11
14
24
S1
S1
31
34
44
Inputs
S2
S2
16
C2
BUS A -
BUS B +
A1/ +24V
A2/ GND
...
Modbus RTU I/Os | Mixed Modules
Wiring/Principle diagram
Matching accessory
for MR-DIO4/2-IP65
Modbus RTU
Page
Matching accessory
for MR-TP Modbus RTU
Page
Wiring/Principle diagram
141
Power supply NG4 HS
141
HUB DC
143
Terminal block ASP02
141
Power supply NG4 HS
141
HUB DC
142
Jumper plug
for I/O components
142
Terminal block Type 259
1
I/O components
MR-DIO4/2-IP65 Modbus RTU
The Modbus module in an IP65 housing with 4 digital inputs
and 2 relay outputs was developed for decentralized switching
tasks. It is suitable for accommodating, for example, light
switches and window contacts in a room, switching two light
strips or controlling louvers. It can also be used to control 2
motorized fire dampers. With strong inductive loads, we
recommend protecting the relay contacts with an RC element.
The inputs can be used as contact or voltage inputs. The inputs
and outputs can be switched and scanned by means of standard
objects via a Modbus master. The module address, the baud rate
and the parity are set by means of two address switches.
MR-TP Modbus RTU
The Modbus three-point module with 6 digital inputs, 2 two-
level relay outputs and 2 digital outputs was developed for
decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable for switching, for
example, multi-level pumps and fans or louvers. With strong
inductive loads, we recommend protecting the relay contacts
additionally with an RC element. The inputs and outputs can
be switched and scanned by means of standard objects via a
Modbus master. The input terminals 1 to 6 are wired with the
C2 terminals on two poles to potential-free switches or
contacts. The module has a manual control for the outputs.
The module address, the baud rate and the parity are set by
means of two address switches on the front. Suitable for
decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor.
Protocol Modbus RTU
Addressing range 00 to 99
Bus interface RS485 (two-wire bus)
Transmission rate 1200 to 115200 baud
Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV)
Current consumption 200 mA (AC) / 75 mA (DC)
Relative duty cycle 100 %
Inputs 4 x digital
Input / voltage 30 V DC
Input / high signal more than 8 V AC/DC
Output / contacts 2 changeover contacts (DPST)
Output / switching voltage 250 V AC
Output / continuous current (UL) 8 A / output
Output / continuous current (VDE) 10 A / output
Output / switch-on current 80 A (less than 20 ms)
Display Green, red and yellow LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 159 x 41.5 x 120 mm
Weight 350 g
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP65 / IP20
Protocol Modbus RTU
Addressing range 00 to 99
Bus interface RS485 (two-wire bus)
Transmission rate 1200 to 115200 baud
Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV)
Current consumption 100 mA (AC) / 40 mA (DC)
Relative duty cycle 100 %
Inputs 6 x digital contacts
Input / switching threshold 4.5 V DC
Outputs (relay) 2 x two-level
Output / switching voltage 250 V AC
Output / current 6 A / output
Outputs (digital) 2 NO contacts
(DPST-NO) (photoMOS)
Output / switching voltage 40 V AC/DC
Output / current 100 mA
Display Green, red and yellow LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 50 x 70 x 75 mm
Weight 126 g
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
BUS A-
BUS A-
BUS B+
BUS B+
A2
A1
A2
A1
Bus
Supply
Outputs
Inputs
24
21
22
14
11
12
4
C1
3
C1
2
C1
1
C1
GND
24 V AC/DC
GND
24 V AC/DC
12 N.C.
14 N.O.
11 C
22 N.C.
24 N.O.
21 C
1
C1
2
C1
3
C1
4
C1
J
GND
+24V
A1 = C1 = 24 V
RISC - CPU
A2/ GND
A1/ +24V
BUS B+
BUS A-
Modbus RTU
on RS-485
24 V
43
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11084213IP gray 4x IN (U or R) 2x OUT (U) 4250184172871
4+
C2
3+
C2
2+
C2
1+
A1/ +24V
A2/ GND
BUS B +
BUS A -
BUS B+
BUS A-
C2
A1/ +24V
A2/ GND
C2
1+
C2
O2+
15/24V
15/24V
15/24V
15/24V
0...10V
GND
Ub
active sensor
passive sensor
Semiconductor senso
r
24V
MODBus RTU
on RS-485
Inputs:
Voltage: 0-10 V
Resistance:
40 Ohm - 4 MOhm
RISC - CPU
A
D
1+
C2
2+
C2
3+
C2
4+
C2
O1+
C2
O2+
C2
15/24V
15/24V
15/24V
15/24V
A2/ GND
A1/ +24V
BUS B+
BUS A-
Outputs:
Voltage:
15 or 24 V DC
Modbus RTU I/Os | Mixed Modules
Matching accessory
for MR-AIO4/2-IP65
Modbus RTU
Page
1
Wiring/Principle diagram
I/O components
141
Power supply NG4 HS
141
HUB DC
143
Terminal block ASP02
MR-AIO4/2-IP65 Modbus RTU
The Modbus module in an IP65 housing with 4 individually
configurable resistance or voltage inputs and 2 analog outputs
was developed for decentralized switching tasks. The inputs
are suitable for detecting resistances and voltages of for
example, passive and active temperature sensors, electrical
vent and mixing valves, valve positions, etc. The outputs are
suitable as encoder for control variables for example for
electrical vent and mixing valves, valve positions, etc.
Via a Modbus master the inputs can be configured universally
by standard registers and the outputs can be set. The module
address, the baud rate and the parity are set by means of two
switches or by software.
Protocol Modbus RTU
Address range 00 to 99
Bus interface RS485 (two-wire-bus)
Transmission rate 1200 to 115200 Bd
Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV)
Current consumption 90 mA (AC) / 35 mA (DC)
Relative duty cycle 100 %
Inputs 4x individually configurable
Input / resistance 40 Ohm to 4 MOhm
Input / voltage 0 to 10 V DC
Outputs 2x analog
Output / voltage 0 V to 10 V DC
Output / current 5 mA at 10 V DC
Display LED green, red, yellow
Green, red and yellow LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 159 x 41.5 x 120 mm
Weight 104 g
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Type of protection for housing /
terminal blocks
IP65 / IP20
44
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
1108501319 green 4x IN
(U or contact)
4250184135685
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
1108511319 green 10x IN
(U or contact)
4250184135692
24 V AC/DC
GND
NET 1
NET 2
GND
N1
N2
+24V
N1
N2
1C22C2
C2 4C2 3
+24V
GND
NET2
NET1
24V
LON TP/FT-10
FT 5000
1
C2
2
C2
3
C2
4
C2
A1/ +24V
A2/ GND
NET2
NET1
C1
12345
678910
A1
A2
N2
N1
A1
A2
N2
N1
GND
24 V AC/DC
C1
A1/+24
V
A2/GND
NET2
NET1
24 V
+24 V GND
FT5000
C1
C1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
J
LON TP/FT-10
LON I/Os | Digital input
Matching accessory
for LF-DI4 LON
Page
Matching accessory
for LF-DI10 LON
Page
Wiring/Principle diagram Wiring/Principle diagram
54
LF-FAM LON
141
Power supply NG4 HS
141
HUB DC
142
Jumper plug
for I/O components
142
Terminal block Type 259
54
LF-FAM LON
141
Power supply NG4 HS
141
HUB DC
142
Jumper plug
for I/O components
142
Terminal block Type 259
1
I/O components
LF-DI4 LON
The LON module with 4 digital inputs was developed for
decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable for detecting
potential-free switch states, for example electrical limit
switches on vent valves or auxiliary contacts of power
contactors. The input terminals 1 to 4 are wired with the C2
terminals to potential-free switches or contacts. The inputs can
be scanned individually or simultaneously by SNVT network
variables.
Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor.
LF-DI10 LON
The LON module with 10 digital inputs was developed for
decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable for detecting
potential-free switch states, for example electrical limit
switches on vent valves or auxiliary contacts of power
contactors. The inputs can be used as contact or voltage inputs
and scanned individually or simultaneously by SNVT network
variables.
Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor.
Protocol TP/FT-10, free topology
Neuron FT5000
Transmission rate 78 KBit/s
Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV)
Current consumption 63 mA (AC) / 24 mA (DC)
Relative duty cycle 100 %
Recovery time 550 ms
Inputs 4 contact inputs
Input / switching threshold 4.5 V DC
Display Green and yellow LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 65 mm
Weight 72 g
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Protocol TP/FT-10, free topology
Neuron FT5000
Transmission rate 78 KBit/s
Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV)
Current consumption 63 mA (AC) / 21 mA (DC)
Relative duty cycle 100 %
Recovery time 550 ms
Inputs 10 x contact or voltage
Input / high signal more than 8 V AC/DC
Display Green and yellow LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 65 mm
Weight 83 g
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
45
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
1108511319IP gray 10x IN
(U or contact)
4250184135708
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11085813 green 4x IN
(S0 impulse)
4250184135807
NET B
NET A
NET B
NET A
A2
A1
A2
A1
Bus
Versorgung/Supply
Eingänge
Inputs
Eingänge
Inputs
C
5
4
3
2
1
C
GND
24 V AC/DC
GND
24 V AC/DC
10
9
8
7
6
C
C
A1/+24
V
A2/GND
NET2
NET1
24 V
+24 V GND
FT5000
C
C
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
J
LON TP/FT-10
24 V AC/DC
GND
NET 1
NET 2
GND
N1
N2
+24V
N1
N2
S04-
+24V
GND
S04+
S03-
S03+
S01-
S01+
S02-
S02+
S01-
S02-
S03-
S04-
S01+
S02+
S03+
S04+
24V
LON TP/FT-10
FT 5000
A1/ +24V
A2/ GND
NET1
NET2
LON I/Os | Digital input
Matching accessory
for LF-DI10-IP65 LON
Page
Matching accessory
for LF-SI4 LON
Page
1
Wiring/Principle diagram Wiring/Principle diagram
I/O components
54
LF-FAM LON
141
Power supply NG4 HS
141
HUB DC
143
Terminal block ASP02
54
LF-FAM LON
141
Power supply NG4 HS
141
HUB DC
142
Jumper plug
for I/O components
142
Terminal block Type 259
LF-DI10-IP65 LON
The LON module in an IP65 housing with 10 digital inputs was
developed for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable for
detecting potential-free switch states, for example electrical
limit switches on vent valves or auxiliary contacts of power
contactors. The inputs can be used as contact or voltage inputs
and scanned individually or simultaneously by SNVT network
variables.
Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor.
LF-SI4 LON
The LON module with 4 S0 inputs to DIN EN 62053-31 class A
was developed for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable
for counting S0 counter pulses. The software contains the
LONMARK profile 2201-10 utility meter. This allows very good
integration of the module into a LON-based energy controlling
system. For each channel, the module saves up to 500 data
records consisting of counter pulses and time stamps by means
of a real-time clock (RTC). This makes it possible to use the LF-
SI4 also as data logger. In case of a power failure, the data
records remain saved. SNVT network variables allow scanning
the inputs individually or simultaneously.
Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor.
Protocol TP/FT-10, free topology
Neuron FT5000
Transmission rate 78 KBit/s
Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV)
Current consumption 63 mA (AC) / 21 mA (DC)
Relative duty cycle 100 %
Recovery time 550 ms
Inputs 10 x contact or voltage
Input / high signal more than 8 V AC/DC
Display Green and yellow LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 159 x 41.5 x 120 mm
Weight 300 g
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP65 / IP20
Protocol TP/FT-10, free topology
Neuron FT5000
Transmission rate 78 KBit/s
Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV)
Current consumption 210 mA (AC) / 82 mA (DC)
Relative duty cycle 100 %
Recovery time 550 ms
Inputs 4 x S0 input, class A
Input / acc. to standard DIN EN 62053-31
Display Green and yellow LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 65 mm
Weight 83 g
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
46
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11086313 green 4x IN
(U=230 V AC)
4250184146988
+24V
1N 2N
3N4N
1L 2L
3L4L
GND
24 V AC/DC
NET 1
NET 2
GND
+24V
N1
N2
GND
N1
N2
A1/24V
A2/GND
NET1
NET2
LON TP/FT-10
FT 5000
24V
1N
2N
3N
4N
1L
2L
3L
4L
250V
AC
250V
AC
250V
AC
250V
AC
LON I/Os | Digital input
Matching accessory
for LF-DI230 LON
Page
Wiring/Principle diagram
54
LF-FAM LON
141
Power supply NG4 HS
141
HUB DC
142
Jumper plug
for I/O components
142
Terminal block Type 259
1
I/O components
LF-DI230 LON
The LON module with 4 digital inputs was developed for
decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable for detecting 230 V
AC switch states, for example, switches or buttons for light
control. The input terminals 1L to 4L are wired with 1N to 4N
terminals to 230 V AC via switches or contacts. The inputs can
be integrated individually or simultaneously by SNVT network
variables.
Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor.
Protocol TP/FT-10, free topology
Neuron FT5000
Transmission rate 78 KBit/s
Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV)
Current consumption 63 mA (AC) / 21 mA (DC)
Relative duty cycle 100 %
Recovery time 550 ms
Inputs 4 x digital
Input / input voltage 230 V AC
Display Green and yellow LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 65 mm
Weight 72 g
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
47
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11085313 green 8x IN (U or R) 4250184135739
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
1108601332 green 4x IN (U or I)
active
4250184135821
8C27C2 6C25C2 S
NET2
NET1
A1
A2
N2
N1
A1
A2
N2
N1
GND
24 V AC/DC
1C22C2 3C24C2 S
NET2
NET1
8
C2
7
C2
6
C2
A2 /GND
A1/+24 V
LON TP/FT-10
FT 5000
24 V
Outputs:
Voltage 15 V DC
or 24 V AC/DC
Inputs:
Voltage: 0-10 V
Universal-
Temp.Sensor
40 Ohm - 4MOhm
S
S
C2
4
C2
3
C2
2
C2
1
C2
5
NET2
NET1
C2
C2 V1 I1 C2 V2
V3I3C2V4I4
A1
A2
N2
N1
A1
A2
N2
N1
GND
24V AC/DC
I2
FT 5000
Input:
Voltage:
0-10V
Current:
0-20mA
A1/ +24V
A2/ GND
NET1
NET2
24 V
LON TP/FT-10
D
A
I4
V4
C2
I3
V3
C2
I2
V2
C2
I1
V1
C2
LON I/Os | Analog input
Matching accessory
for LF-AI8 LON
Page
Matching accessory
for LF-CI4 LON
Page
1
Wiring/Principle diagram Wiring/Principle diagram
I/O components
54
LF-FAM LON
141
Power supply NG4 HS
141
HUB DC
142
Jumper plug
for I/O components
142
Terminal block Type 259
54
LF-FAM LON
141
Power supply NG4 HS
141
HUB DC
142
Jumper plug
for I/O components
142
Terminal block Type 259
LF-AI8 LON LF-CI4 LON
The LON module with 4 current and 4 voltage inputs was
developed for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable
for detecting currents and voltages, for example, in industrial
applications and refrigeration. The inputs can be scanned by
SNVT network variables.
Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor.
Protocol TP/FT-10, free topology
Neuron FT5000
Transmission rate 78 KBit/s
Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV)
Current consumption 67 mA (AC) / 24 mA (DC)
Relative duty cycle 100 %
Recovery time 550 ms
Inputs 4 x voltage, 4 x current
Input / voltage 0 V to 10 V DC
Input / resolution 10 mV (0 to 100 %)
Input / resistance 10 kOhm
Input / current 0 V to 20 mA DC
Input / resolution 0.05 mA
Input / error 1 %
Display Green and yellow LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 65 mm
Weight 84 g
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
The LON module with 8 individually configurable resistance
or voltage inputs was developed for decentralized switching
tasks. It is suitable for detecting resistances and voltages of,
for example, passive and active temperature sensors, electrical
vent and mixing valves, valve positions, etc. The inputs can be
scanned simultaneously by SNVT network variables.
Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor.
Protocol TP/FT-10, free topology
Neuron FT5000
Transmission rate 78 KBit/s
Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV)
Current consumption 65 mA (AC) / 25 mA (DC)
Relative duty cycle 100 %
Recovery time 550 ms
Inputs 8 x individually configurable
Input / resistance 40 Ohm to 4 MOhm
Input / voltage 0 V to 10 V DC
Input / resolution 10 mV (0 to 100 %)
Input / error approx. +/- 10 mV
Display Green and yellow LED
-5 °C to +55 °C
Dimensions (W x H x D) 50 x 70 x 65 mm
Weight 126 g
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
48
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
1108521321 green 4x OUT
(relay CO)
manual/automatic 4250184135715
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
1108521321IP gray 4x OUT
(relay CO)
manual/automatic 4250184135722
NET2
NET1
34
11 14 12 21 24
3132444142
A1
A2
N2
N1
A1
A2
N2
N1
GND
24V AC/DC
22
A1/+24 V
A2/GND
NET2
NET1
24 V
FT5000
12 N.C.
14 N.O.
11 C
LON TP/FT-10
22 N.C.
24 N.O.
21 C
32 N.C.
34 N.O.
31 C
42 N.C.
44 N.O.
41 C
250 V / 5 A
NET B
NET A
NET B
NET A
A2
A1
A2
A1
Bus
Versorgung/Supply
Ausgänge
Outputs
Ausgänge
Outputs
22
21
24
12
11
14
GND
24 V AC/DC
GND
24 V AC/DC
41
42
34
32
31
44
A1/+24 V
A2/GND
NET2
NET1
24 V
FT5000
12 N.C.
14 N.O.
11 C
LON TP/FT-10
22 N.C.
24 N.O.
21 C
32 N.C.
34 N.O.
31 C
42 N.C.
44 N.O.
41 C
250 V / 5 A
LON I/Os | Digital output
Matching accessory
for LF-DO4 LON
Page
Matching accessory
for LF-DO4-IP65 LON
Page
Wiring/Principle diagram Wiring/Principle diagram
54
LF-FAM LON
141
Power supply NG4 HS
141
HUB DC
142
Jumper plug
for I/O components
142
Terminal block Type 259
54
LF-FAM LON
141
Power supply NG4 HS
141
HUB DC
143
Terminal block ASP02
1
I/O components
LF-DO4 LON
The LON module with 4 digital outputs was developed for
decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable for switching
electrical components, such as motors, contactors, lamps,
louvers, etc. With strong inductive loads, we recommend
protecting the relay contacts additionally with an RC element.
The outputs can be actuated by SNVT network variables.
The module has a manual control activated only in configured
mode. In addition, an adjustable wipe function is integrated.
Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor.
LF-DO4-IP65 LON
The LON module in an IP65 housing with 4 digital outputs was
developed for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable for
switching electrical components, such as motors, contactors,
lamps, louvers, etc. With strong inductive loads, we
recommend protecting the relay contacts additionally with an
RC element. The outputs can be actuated by SNVT network
variables. The module has a manual control activated only in
configured mode. In addition, an adjustable wipe function is
integrated.
Protocol TP/FT-10, free topology
Neuron FT5000
Transmission rate 78 KBit/s
Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV)
Current consumption 205 mA (AC) / 67 mA (DC)
Relative duty cycle 100 %
Recovery time 550 ms
Outputs 4 changeover contacts
(4PST)
Output / switching voltage max. 250 V AC
Output / continuous current 5 A / output
Output / total current max. 12 A / all outputs
Output / switching frequency 360 cycles/h
Display Green and yellow LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 65 mm
Weight 95 g
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Protocol TP/FT-10, free topology
Neuron FT5000
Transmission rate 78 KBit/s
Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV)
Current consumption 205 mA (AC) / 67 mA (DC)
Relative duty cycle 100 %
Recovery time 550 ms
Outputs 4 changeover contacts
(4PST)
Output / switching voltage max. 250 V AC
Output / switch-on, switch-off
current
80 A, 20 ms
Output / continuous current 10 A / output
Output / total current max. 25 A / all outputs
Output / switching frequency 360 cycles/h
Display Green and yellow LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 159 x 41.5 x 120 mm
Weight 368 g
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP65 / IP20
49
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11086213 green 4x OUT (triac) 4250184146995
24 V AC/DC
GND
NET 1
NET 2
GND
N1
N2
+24V
N1
N2
14
13 2423
43 33 34
+24V
GND
44
13
14
23
24
33
34
43
44
FT 5000
LON TP/FT-10
24V
A1/+24
V
A2/GND
NET2
NET1
LON I/Os | Digital output
Matching accessory
for LF-TO4 LON
Page
1
Wiring/Principle diagram
I/O components
54
LF-FAM LON
141
Power supply NG4 HS
141
HUB DC
142
Jumper plug
for I/O components
142
Terminal block Type 259
LF-TO4 LON
The LON module with 4 digital outputs was developed
for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable for switching
electrical components, such as relays, contactors, HLK valves,
etc. The 4 triacs can be controlled individually in a LON
installation by means of standard network variables.
The module has a manual control activated only in configured
mode. In addition, an adjustable pulse/pause function is
integrated.
Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor.
Protocol TP/FT-10, free topology
Neuron FT5000
Transmission rate 78 KBit/s
Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV)
Current consumption 63 mA (AC) / 24 mA (DC)
Relative duty cycle 100 %
Recovery time 550 ms
Outputs 4 digital outputs (triac)
Output / switching voltage 20 V to 250 V AC
Output / continuous current 0.8 A / output
Output / total current 2.4 A / all outputs
Display Green and yellow LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 75 mm
Weight 104 g
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
50
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11085413 green 4x OUT (U) manual/automatic 4250184135746
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11085413IP gray 4x OUT (U) 4250184135753
NET2
NET1
C2
1C
22
C2
4C23
A1
A2
N2
N1
A1
A2
N2
N1
GND
24 V AC/DC 24V
LON TP/FT-10
Output:
Voltage 0-10V
1
C2
2
C2
3
C2
4
C2
D
A
FT 5000
NET2
NET1
A1/+24V
A2/GND
NET B
NET A
NET B
NET A
A2
A1
A2
A1
Bus
Versorgung/Supply
Out 4
C2
2+
C2
1+
GND
24 V AC/DC
GND
24 V AC/DC
C2
4+
C2
3+
Out 3
Out 2
Out 1
FT 5000
24 V
FTT10-A
Outputs:
Voltage
0 - 10 V
A
D
C2
C2
C2
C2
1+
NET2
NET1
A1/+24V
A2/GND
2+
3+
4+
LON I/Os | Analog Output
Matching accessory
for LF-AOP4 LON
Page
Matching accessory
for LF-AO4-IP LON
Page
Wiring/Principle diagram Wiring/Principle diagram
54
LF-FAM LON
141
Power supply NG4 HS
141
HUB DC
142
Jumper plug
for I/O components
142
Terminal block Type 259
54
LF-FAM LON
141
Power supply NG4 HS
141
HUB DC
143
Terminal block ASP02
1
I/O components
LF-AOP4 LON
The LON module with 4 analog outputs was developed
for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable as encoder
for control variables, for example for electrical vent and mixing
valves, valve positions, etc. The analog outputs can be acti-
vated proportionally by SNVT network variables, or previously
defined voltage values can be adjusted. Each output can be set
for automatic or manual operation by means of 4 potentiome-
ters at the front.
Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor.
LF-AO4-IP LON
The LON module with 4 analog outputs was developed
for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable as encoder
for control variables, for example for electrical vent and mixing
valves, valve positions, etc. The analog outputs can be acti-
vated proportionally by SNVT network variables, or previously
defined voltage values can be adjusted.
Protocol TP/FT-10, free topology
Neuron FT5000
Transmission rate 78 KBit/s
Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV)
Current consumption 100 mA (AC) / 40 mA (DC)
Relative duty cycle 100 %
Recovery time 550 ms
Outputs 4 x analog
Output / voltage 0 V to 10 V DC
Output / current 5 mA at 10 V DC
Output / resolution 0.625 mV / digit
Output / error 100 mV
Display Green and yellow LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 65 mm
Weight 84 g
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Protocol TP/FT-10, free topology
Neuron FT5000
Transmission rate 78 KBit/s
Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV)
Current consumption 50 mA (AC) / 20 mA (DC)
Relative duty cycle 100 %
Recovery time 550 ms
Outputs 4 x analog
Output / voltage 0 V to 10 V DC
Output / current 5 mA at 10 V DC
Output / resolution 0.625 mV / digit
Output / error 100 mV
Display Green and yellow LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 159 x 41.5 x 120 mm
Weight 300 g
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP65 / IP20
51
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
1108551326 green 4x IN
(U or contact)
2x OUT (relay CO) 4250184135760
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
1108551326IP green 4x IN
(U or contact)
2x OUT (relay CO) 4250184135777
43C1 C1 22 21 24
NET2
NET1
A1
A2
N2
N1
A1
A2
N2
N1
GND
24 V AC/DC
12C1 C1 12 11 14
FT 5000
24V
LON TP/FT-10
1
C1
2
C1
3
C1
4
C1
J
12 N.C.
22 N.C.
14 N.O.
24 N.O.
11 C
21 C
GND
+24V
NET2
NET1
A1/ +24V
A2/ GND
NET B
NET A
NET B
NET A
A2
A1
A2
A1
Bus
Versorgung/Supply
Ausgänge
Outputs
Eingänge
Inputs
24
21
22
14
11
12
4
C1
3
C1
2
C1
1
C1
GND
24 V AC/DC
GND
24 V AC/DC
FT 5000
24V
LON TP/FT-10
1
C1
2
C1
3
C1
4
C1
J
12 N.C.
22 N.C.
14 N.O.
24 N.O.
11 C
21 C
GND
+24V
NET2
NET1
A1/ +24V
A2/ GND
LON I/Os | Mixed Modules
Matching accessory
for LF-DIO4/2 LON
Page
Matching accessory
for LF-DIO4/2-IP LON
Page
1
Wiring/Principle diagram Wiring/Principle diagram
I/O components
54
LF-FAM LON
141
Power supply NG4 HS
141
HUB DC
142
Jumper plug
for I/O components
142
Terminal block Type 259
54
LF-FAM LON
141
Power supply NG4 HS
141
HUB DC
143
Terminal block ASP02
LF-DIO4/2 LON
The LON module with 4 digital inputs and 2 relay outputs was
developed for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable for
accommodating, for example, light switches and window
contacts in a room, switching two light strips or controlling
louvers. It can also be used to control 2 motorized fire
dampers. With strong inductive loads, we recommend
protecting the relay contacts with an RC element. The inputs
can be used either as contact or voltage inputs. SNVT network
variables switch and scan the inputs and outputs. The outputs
have a manual control activated only in configured mode. In
addition, an adjustable wipe function is integrated. Suitable
for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor.
LF-DIO4/2-IP LON
The LON module in an IP65 housing with 4 digital inputs and 2
relay outputs was developed for decentralized switching tasks.
It is suitable for accommodating, for example, light switches
and window contacts in a room, switching two light strips or
controlling louvers. It can also be used to control 2 motorized
fire dampers. With strong inductive loads, we recommend
protecting the relay contacts with an RC element. The inputs
can be used either as contact or voltage inputs. SNVT network
variables switch and scan the inputs and outputs. The outputs
have a manual control activated only in configured mode.
In addition, an adjustable wipe function is integrated.
Protocol TP/FT-10, free topology
Neuron FT5000
Transmission rate 78 KBit/s
Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV)
Current consumption 220 mA (AC) / 90 mA (DC)
Relative duty cycle 100 %
Recovery time 550 ms
Inputs 4 x digital
Input / voltage 30 V AC/DC
Input / high signal more than 8 V AC/DC
Outputs 2 changeover contacts (DPST)
Output / switching voltage 250 V AC
Output / current 16 A / output
Output / total current 25 A across all outputs
Operation and bus display Green and yellow LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 60 x 70 x 75 mm
Weight 126 g
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Protocol TP/FT-10, free topology
Neuron FT5000
Transmission rate 78 KBit/s
Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV)
Current consumption 220 mA (AC) / 90 mA (DC)
Relative duty cycle 100 %
Recovery time 550 ms
Inputs 4 x digital
Input / voltage 30 V AC/DC
Input / high signal more than 8 V AC/DC
Outputs 2 changeover contacts (DPST)
Output / switching voltage 250 V AC
Output / continuous current (UL) 8 A / output
Output / continuous current (VDE) 10 A / output
Output / total current 20 A across all outputs
Operation and bus display Green and yellow LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 159 x 41.5 x 120 mm
Weight 330 g
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP65 / IP20
52
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
1108561326 green 4x IN (contact) 2x OUT (relay NO),
2x OUT (opto NO)
4250184135784
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11085913 green 6x IN (contact) 2x OUT (relay CO),
2x OUT (opto NO)
4250184135814
1
32
4
C2
K1
K2
13
23
24
14
S1
S2
S
24V
LON TP/FT-10
FT 5000
A1/ +24V
A2/ GND
NET1
NET2
12
564S2
S1
S2
S1
3 14 24
34 31
11
C2 44
C2
NET2
NET1
A1
A2
N2
N1
A1
A2
N2
N1
GND
24 V AC/DC
24V
FT 5000
LON TP/FT-10
11
14
24
S1
S1
31
34
44
S2
S2
1 ... 6 C2
NET2
NET1
A1/ +24V
A2/ GND
Inputs
LON I/Os | Mixed Modules
Matching accessory
for LF-DM4/4 LON
Page
Matching accessory
for LF-TP LON
Page
Wiring/Principle diagram Wiring/Principle diagram
54
LF-FAM LON
141
Power supply NG4 HS
141
HUB DC
142
Jumper plug
for I/O components
142
Terminal block Type 259
54
LF-FAM LON
141
Power supply NG4 HS
141
HUB DC
142
Jumper plug
for I/O components
142
Terminal block Type 259
1
I/O components
LF-DM4/4 LON
The LON I/O module with 4 digital inputs, 2 relay outputs and
2 digital outputs was developed for decentralized switching
tasks. It is suitable for querying, for example, switching states
and, as a result, switching motors or other actuators.
With strong inductive loads, we recommend protecting the
relay contacts additionally with an RC element. The inputs and
outputs are scanned and activated by SNVT network variables.
The input terminals 1 to 4 are wired with the C2 terminals on
two poles to potential-free switches or contacts. In addition,
a wipe function is integrated.
Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor.
LF-TP LON
The LON three-point module with 6 digital inputs, 2 two-level
relay outputs and 2 digital outputs was developed for
decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable for switching,
for example, multi-level pumps, fans, burners or similar.
With strong inductive loads, we recommend protecting the
relay contacts additionally with an RC element. The inputs and
outputs are scanned and activated by SNVT network variables.
The input terminals 1 to 6 are wired with the C2 terminals on
two poles to potential-free switches or contacts. The module
has a manual control for the outputs, which is activated only
in configured mode.
Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor.
Protocol TP/FT-10, free topology
Neuron FT5000
Transmission rate 78 KBit/s
Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV)
Current consumption 200 mA (AC) / 65 mA (DC)
Relative duty cycle 100 %
Recovery time 550 ms
Inputs 4 x digital contacts
Input / switching threshold 4.5 V DC
Outputs (relay) 2 NO (DPST-NO)
Output / switching voltage 250 V AC
Output / current 6 A / output
Outputs (digital) 2 NO (DPST-NO) (photoMOS)
Output / switching voltage 40 V AC/DC
Output / current 100 mA
Operation and bus display Green and yellow LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 65 mm
Weight 90 g
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Protocol TP/FT-10, free topology
Neuron FT5000
Transmission rate 78 KBit/s
Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV)
Current consumption 220 mA (AC) / 90 mA (DC)
Relative duty cycle 100 %
Recovery time 550 ms
Inputs 6 x digital contacts
Input / switching threshold 4.5 V DC
Outputs (relay) 2 x two-level
Output / switching voltage 250 V AC
Output / current 6 A / output
Outputs (digital) 2 NO (DPST-NO) (photoMOS)
Output / switching voltage 40 V AC/DC
Output / current 100 mA
Operation and bus display Green and yellow LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 50 x 70 x 75 mm
Weight 126 g
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
53
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11085713 green 2x IN (U) 2x OUT (U), 2x
OUT (opto NO)
4250184135791
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11086105IP gray 4x IN (U or R) 4x OUT (triac) 4250184135838
24 V AC/DC
GND
NET 1
NET 2
GND
N1
N2
+24V
N1
N2
E1
14 A1-A1
23 A2 A2-
+24V
GND
E224 E2-
E1-13
A
D
Inputs:
Voltage 0-10V
Outputs:
Voltage 0-10V
LON TP/FT-10
24V
K1
K2
FT5000
A1/ +24V
A2/ GND
NET1
NET2
I1
I1-
I2
I2-
O1
O1-
O2
O2-
13
14
23
24
Ausgänge
Outputs
Versorgung
Supply
L
N
N
N
N
N
PE
L
34
24
14
11
44
24
V
15
V
15/24V
15/24V
15/24V
15/24V
NET 2
NET 2
NET 1
NET 1
Ausgänge
Ouputs
Bus
C2
2+
C2
3+
C2
4+
C2
1+
Eingänge
Inputs
J
230V
LON TP/FT-10A
FT 5000
A
B
Inputs:
voltage 0-10V
universal
temperature sensor
40 Ohm - 4 MOhm
Outputs:
voltage 15VDC
or 24VDC
LON I/Os | Mixed Modules
Matching accessory
for LF-AM2/4 LON
Page
Matching accessory
for LF-TI-IP65 LON
Page
1
Wiring/Principle diagram Wiring/Principle diagram
I/O components
54
LF-FAM LON
141
Power supply NG4 HS
141
HUB DC
142
Jumper plug
for I/O components
142
Terminal block Type 259
54
LF-FAM LON
141
Power supply NG4 HS
141
HUB DC
143
Terminal block ASP02
LF-AM2/4 LON
The LON I/O module with 2 analog inputs, 2 analog outputs
and 2 digital outputs. It is suitable for controlling, for example,
motorized vent valves and switching on alarm at the set
threshold value. The inputs and outputs are scanned and
activated by SNVT network variables. The analog inputs can be
scanned simultaneously. The analog outputs can be activated
proportionally, or previously defined voltage values can be
adjusted. Both digital outputs can be activated individually
or as a function of an adjustable threshold value.
Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor.
LF-TI-IP65 LON
The LON module in an IP65 housing with 4 universal inputs
and 4 digital outputs was developed for decentralized
switching tasks. It is suitable for detecting temperatures or
voltages or for switching 4 thermal valve drives with triacs.
The inputs and outputs are scanned and activated by SNVT
network variables. The outputs can be operated either only
switching or in clocking mode with adjustable pulse/pause
ratio.
Protocol TP/FT-10, free topology
Neuron FT5000
Transmission rate 78 KBit/s
Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV)
Current consumption 95 mA (AC) / 35 mA (DC)
Relative duty cycle 100 %
Inputs 2 x analog
Input / voltage 0 V to 10 V DC
Input / resolution 10 mV (0 to 100%)
Outputs 2 x analog
Output / voltage 0 V to 10 V DC
Output / current 5 mA at 10 V DC
Output / resolution 10 mV (0 to 100%)
Output 2 x digital
Output / contacts 2 NO (DPST-NO)
photoMOS relay
Switching voltage max. 40 V AC/DC
Continuous current max. 100 mA
Operation and bus display Green and yellow LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 65 mm
Weight 82 g
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Protocol TP/FT-10, free topology
Neuron FT5000
Transmission rate 78 KBit/s
Operating voltage range 230 V AC, 50 Hz
Current consumption less than 25 mA
Relative duty cycle 100 %
Inputs 4 x analog
Input / resistance 40 Ohm to 4 MOhm
Input / voltage 0 V to 10 V DC
Input / resolution 10 mV (0 to 100%)
Outputs 4 x digital, triac
Output / switching voltage 20 V to 250 V AC
Output / current 0.8 A
Output / total current 2.4 A / all outputs
Output / fuse 2 A / output
Operation and bus display Green and yellow LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 159 x 41.5 x 120 mm
Weight 330 g
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP65 / IP20
54
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11087913 green 4250184135906
LON I/Os | Connecting module
Matching accessory
for LF-FAM LON
Page
LF-FAM LON is matching
accessory for
Page
Wiring/Principle diagram
141
HUB DC
142
Jumper plug
for I/O components
44
LF-DI4 LON
44
LF-DI10 LON
45
LF-DI10-IP65 LON
45
LF-SI4 LON
46
LF-DI230 LON
47
LF-AI8 LON
47
LF-CI4 LON
48
LF-DO4 LON
48
LF-DO4-IP65 LON
49
LF-TO4 LON
50
LF-AOP4 LON
50
LF-AO4-IP65 LON
51
LF-DIO4/2 LON
51
LF-DIO4/2-IP65 LON
52
LF-DM4/4 LON
52
LF-TP LON
53
LF-AM2/4 LON
53
LF-TI-IP65 LON
1
I/O components
LF-FAM LON
Switch-on module for bus connection, supply voltage and
adjustable bus termination. The switch-on module was
developed as wiring help for supplying the supply voltage and
a two-wire bus to the LON bus modules. The supply voltage
and the two-wire bus are led to the upper part of the housing
over a sturdy terminal block with a cross section of max.
2.5 mm² and connected to the modules by means of the
jumper. Using a suitable interface cable, the two-wire bus can
be connected to a PC over the two RJ45 jacks. A bus
terminating resistor of 52.3 Ohm (R/2) for free network
topology and 105 Ohm (R) for line topology can be set by
means of the jumper under the removable cover.
Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor.
Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV)
Current consumption less than 5 mA
Switch-on duration relative 100 %
Display Green LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 78 mm
Weight 75 g
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
55
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11039125 gray 4250184121602
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11039225 gray 4250184121619
LON I/Os | Door installation
Wiring Wiring
Matching accessory
for LM1 LON
Page
Matching accessory
for LM2 LON
Page
1
I/O components
141
Power supply NG4 HS
143
Terminal block ASP02
145
19 inch Frame 3RU 80HP
145
10 inch Frame 3RU 40HP
147
Label sheet for door
installation modules
141
Power supply NG4 HS
143
Terminal block ASP02
145
19 inch Frame 3RU 80HP
145
10 inch Frame 3RU 40HP
147
Label sheet for door
installation modules
LM1 LON
Button and display module for 19 inches assembly frames.
It is suitable for manual control in switch cabinet doors or
remote control panels. When delivered, the module is used
as collective fault alarm module. The LEDs and buttons are
activated and analyzed by SNVT network variables. Functions
of the collective fault alarm module:
LM2 LON
Display module with 10 LEDs for 19 inches assembly frames.
It is suitable as alarm module in switch cabinet doors or
remote control panels. The individual LEDs are actuated by
SNVT network variables.
LED 1 Operating mode indicator Illuminated
LED 2 Collective warning Yellow
LED 3 Collective fault message Red, flashing
LED 4 Switch in manual position Illuminated
Button 1 Acknowledgement
Button 2 Unblocking
Button 3 Lamp test
Protocol FTT10A, free topology
Neuron 3120, 3k EEPROM
Transmission rate 78 KBit/s
Operating voltage range 24 V DC +/- 15 %
Current consumption 43 mA
Relative duty cycle 100 %
Display 3 LEDs
Buttons 4 x
Dimensions (W x H x D) 40 x 128.7 x 35 mm
Dimensions for 19 inches design 3RU x 8HP
Connection / terminal block pluggable, 1.5 mm²
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection IP20
Protocol FTT10A, free topology
Neuron 3120, 3k EEPROM
Transmission rate 78 KBit/s
Operating voltage range 24 V DC +/- 15 %
Current consumption 53 mA
Relative duty cycle 100 %
Display 10 LEDs
Display / adjustable colors Red, green, yellow
Dimensions (W x H x D) 40 x 128.7 x 35 mm
Dimensions for 19 inches design 3RU x 8HP
Connection / terminal block pluggable, 1.5 mm²
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection IP20
56
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11039425 gray 4250184121626
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11039525 gray 4250184121633
LON I/Os | Door installation
Wiring Wiring
Matching accessory
for LS1 LON
Page
Matching accessory
for LT1 LON
Page
141
Power supply NG4 HS
143
Terminal block ASP02
145
19 inch Frame 3RU 80HP
145
10 inch Frame 3RU 40HP
147
Label sheet for door
installation modules
141
Power supply NG4 HS
143
Terminal block ASP02
145
19 inch Frame 3RU 80HP
145
10 inch Frame 3RU 40HP
147
Label sheet for door
installation modules
1
I/O components
LS1 LON
Switch and display module for 19 inches assembly frames.
It is suitable for manual control in switch cabinet doors or
remote control panels. The individual LEDs and switches are
activated and analyzed by SNVT network variables.
LT1 LON
Button and display module for 19 inches assembly frames.
It is suitable for manual control in switch cabinet doors or
remote control panels. The individual LEDs and buttons are
activated and analyzed by SNVT network variables.
Protocol FTT10A, free topology
Neuron 3120, 3k EEPROM
Transmission rate 78 KBit/s
Operating voltage range 24 V DC +/- 15 %
Current consumption 46 mA
Relative duty cycle 100 %
Display 6 LEDs
Display / adjustable colors Red, green, yellow
Switch 2 x
Dimensions (W x H x D) 40 x 128.7 x 35 mm
Dimensions for 19 inches design 3RU x 8HP
Connection / terminal block pluggable, 1.5 mm²
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection IP20
Protocol FTT10A, free topology
Neuron 3120, 3k EEPROM
Transmission rate 78 KBit/s
Operating voltage range 24 V DC +/- 15 %
Current consumption 47 mA
Relative duty cycle 100 %
Display 6 LEDs
Display / adjustable colors Red, green, yellow
Buttons 2 x
Dimensions (W x H x D) 40 x 128.7 x 35 mm
Dimensions for 19 inches design 3RU x 8HP
Connection / terminal block pluggable, 1.5 mm²
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection IP20
57
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11039613 gray 4250184121640
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11039713 gray 4250184121657
LON I/Os | Door installation
Wiring Wiring
Matching accessory
for LT2 LON
Page
Matching accessory
for LT3 LON
Page
1
I/O components
141
Power supply NG4 HS
143
Terminal block ASP02
145
19 inch Frame 3RU 80HP
145
10 inch Frame 3RU 40HP
147
Label sheet for door
installation modules
141
Power supply NG4 HS
143
Terminal block ASP02
145
19 inch Frame 3RU 80HP
145
10 inch Frame 3RU 40HP
147
Label sheet for door
installation modules
LT2 LON
Button and display module for 19 inches assembly frames.
It is suitable for manual control in switch cabinet doors or
remote control panels or for operating motorized fire dampers.
The module allows to conduct test runs or to move to the
opposite position of the fire dampers. The individual LEDs and
buttons are activated and analyzed by SNVT network variables.
LT3 LON
Button and display module for 19 inches assembly frames.
It is suitable for manual control in switch cabinet doors or
remote control panels. The individual LEDs and buttons are
activated and analyzed by SNVT network variables.
Protocol FTT10A, free topology
Neuron 3120, 3k EEPROM
Transmission rate 78 KBit/s
Operating voltage range 20 to 28 V AC/DC
Current consumption 90 mA (AC) / 38 mA (DC)
Relative duty cycle 100 %
Display 4 LEDs
Display / adjustable colors Red, green, yellow
Buttons 4 x
Dimensions (W x H x D) 40 x 128.7 x 35 mm
Dimensions for 19 inches design 3RU x 8HP
Connection / terminal block pluggable, 1.5 mm²
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection IP20
Protocol FTT10A, free topology
Neuron 3120, 4k EEPROM
Transmission rate 78 KBit/s
Operating voltage range 20 to 28 V AC/DC
Current consumption 90 mA (AC) / 38 mA (DC)
Relative duty cycle 100 %
Display 8 LEDs
Display / adjustable colors Red, green, yellow
Buttons 2 x
Dimensions (W x H x D) 40 x 128.7 x 35 mm
Dimensions for 19 inches design 3RU x 8HP
Connection / terminal block pluggable, 1.5 mm²
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection IP20
58
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11039025 gray 4250184121596
LON I/Os | Door installation
Wiring
Matching accessory
for LA1 LON
Page
141
Power supply NG4 HS
143
Terminal block ASP02
145
19 inch Frame 3RU 80HP
145
10 inch Frame 3RU 40HP
147
Label sheet for door
installation modules
1
I/O components
LA1 LON
Display and setpoint device for 19 inches assembly frames.
It is suitable for displaying and manually controlling analog
signals in switch cabinet doors or remote control panels. The
bar graphs and potentiometers are activated and analyzed by
SNVT network variables.
Protocol FTT10A, free topology
Neuron 3120, 4k EEPROM
Transmission rate 78 KBit/s
Operating voltage range 24 V DC +/- 15 %
Current consumption 50 mA
Relative duty cycle 100 %
Display 2 bar graphs
Switch 2 x
Potentiometer 2 x
Dimensions (W x H x D) 40 x 128.7 x 35 mm
Dimensions for 19 inches design 3RU x 8HP
Connection / terminal block pluggable, 1.5 mm²
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection IP20
59
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11021003E Standard
Edition
Complete version 4250184151647
11021019E Standard
Edition
Upgrade 4250184126263
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11021603E Prof. Edition Complete version 4250184151654
11021619E Prof. Edition Upgrade 4250184123828
LON I/Os | Software
1
I/O components
Echelon LonMaker SR4 Standard
The LonMaker® integration tool SR4 Turbo Standard is a
software package for designing, installing, operating and
maintaining open and interoperable LONWORKS® control
networks of several manufacturers. Based on the LNS network
operating system of Echelon, the LonMaker® tool combines
a powerful client-server architecture with the user-friendly
graphical interface of Microsoft VISIO® 2010 Standard.
Echelon LonMaker SR4 Professional
The LonMaker® integration tool SR4 Turbo Professional is a
software package for designing, installing, operating and
maintaining open and interoperable LONWORKS® control
networks of several manufacturers. Based on the LNS network
operating system of Echelon, the LonMaker® tool combines
a powerful client-server architecture with the user-friendly
graphical interface of Microsoft VISIO® 2010 Professional.
• Ideal maintenance tool for system operators
• Suitable for many LonMaker OEM applications
• Includes Microsoft Visio 2010 Standard with easy drawing
function
• With five LonMaker credits (you can purchase further
credits after having put into operation 5 devices; credits are
not required for devices with FT5000 Smart transceiver or
Neuron 5000 processor.)
• For devices that have already been put into operation with
the Professional Edition, no further credits have to be
purchased.
• Drawings created by means of LonMaker Professional
Edition can be read and modified.
• The leading integration tool for network integrators
• Includes Microsoft Visio 2010 Professional with all functions
of Visio 2010 and extended support for machine drawings,
building, room and floor plans, logical network diagrams
and other technical drawings
• With 64 LonMaker credits (you can purchase further credits
after having put into operation 64 devices; credits are not
required for devices with FT5000 Smart transceiver or
Neuron 5000 processor.)
• Supports several users
60
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110213 gray TP/FT-10
channel
90 - 240 V 4250184120698
11021302 gray TP/XF-1250
Channel
90 - 240 V 4250184120704
11021303 gray TP/FT-10
channel
24 V AC/DC 4250184120711
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11021220 gray TP/FT-10 w/o modem 4250184133797
11021221 gray TP/FT-10 with modem 4250184133803
11021223 gray TP/FT-10 programmable 4250184151661
11021243 gray PL Channel programmable 4250184151678
LON I/Os | i.LON Server
1
I/O components
Echelon i.LON 600
The i.LON 600 LONWORKS®/IP server is a LonTalk-to-IP router
compliant with EIA 852. It provides reliable and secure internet
access to devices, such as pumps, motors, valves, sensors,
regulators and lighting systems.
Documentation:
The i.LON 600 LONWORKS®/IP server manual is provided in
PDF format on the product CD or can be downloaded from
www.echelon.com/ilon
A printed version of the i.LON 600 LONWORKS®/IP server Quick
Start Guide is delivered with each device.
Variants:
110213: TP/FT-10 (90 V to 240 V AC or DC)
11021302: TP/XF-1250 (90 V to 240 V AC or DC)
11021303: TP/FT-10 (24 V AC/DC)
Echelon i.LON Smart Server
The i.LON SmartServer connects LONWORKS networks - the
standardized automatic platform for a large number of control
applications in buildings, industry, transport, homes, services -
as well as other systems with IP networks or the internet.
It provides access to and control and monitoring of electronic
devices. It also allows an intelligent use of data to save
electricity, improve operating procedures and reduce
maintenance costs. By embedding a large number of existing
software applications that use web services for remote
monitoring and control of automatic systems and machines,
iLON SmartServer can provide data promptly to the building
management system.
Documentation:
The original i.LON SmartServer data sheet is available in
PDF format on the product CD or can be downloaded from
www.echelon.com
Variants:
11021220: TP/FT10, without modem
11021221: TP/FT10, with modem
11021223: TP/FT10, IP-852, programmable, without modem
11021243:PL, IP-852, programmable, without modem
Operating voltage (AC or DC) 90 V to 240 V AC or DC
Operating voltage (AC/DC) 24 V AC/DC
Dimensions (W x H x D) 89 x 138 x 66 mm
Operating temperature range 0 °C to +50 °C
Storage temperature range -40° to +85 °C
Operating voltage: 100 to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Current consumption less than 15 W
Ethernet connection 10/100 BaseT
Dimensions (W x H x D) 89 x 138 x 66 mm
Operating temperature range 0 °C to +50 °C
Storage temperature range -40 °C to +85 °C
• converts the internet (or any other IP-based LAN or WAN)
into a transfer medium of LONWORKS® control information
• allows top performance for layer 3 routing of LONWORKS®
control information
• supports LONWORKS®/IP channels with up to 256 devices
• supports use after a NAT firewall
• compliant with EIA-852 and ANSI/EIA 709.1
• MD5 authentication for secure access
• 8T DIN packaging
• CE marking, U.L. and cU.L. listed, TÜV certification
61
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110058 gray 4250184120193
LON I/Os | LON Router
1
I/O components
Echelon Multi Port Router
The MPR-50 multi-port router provides routing compliant with
ANSI/CEA-709.1 over 5 channels; 4 of them TP/FT-10 free-
topology twisted-pair (ANSI/CEA-709.3) and 1 LONMARK
standard TP/XF-1250 channel. Each TP/FT-10 channel
connection is compatible with link-powered channels.
With MPR-50, two, three or four TP/FT-10 channels can be
connected to each other or a high-speed TP/XF-1250 backbone
channel.
Documentation:
The MPR-50 multi-port router User's Guide and MPR-50 multi-
port router Quick Start Guide are delivered in PDF format on
the CD-ROM. These manuals are also available on the website
www.echelon.com.
Channels 4 x TP/FT-10
1 x TP/XF-1250
Operating voltage AC 9 to 28 V AC, 40-70 Hz
Operating voltage DC 9 to 35 V DC
Mounting DIN rail or wall mounting
Dimensions (W x H x D) 157.5 x 80 x 80 mm
Operating temperature range 0 °C to +70 °C
Storage temperature range -20° to +85 °C
• All five channels can be connected individually by means of
their 3.5 mm mono-phone connector on the front
• Intelligent monitor certified to LONMARK® saves time and
costs during installation
62
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110214 TP/FT-10
channel
4250184120728
110215 PL-20 Channel 4250184120735
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110054 FT-10 PCI Interface 4250184120148
LON I/Os | Interface/Adapter
1
I/O components
Echelon USB Network Interface
The USB network interface is a low-cost, high-performance
LONWORKS interface for USB-capable personal computers and
controllers.
Variants:
The U10 USB network interface is connected directly to a TP/
FT10 free-topology twisted-pair (ANSI/CEA-709.3) LONWORKS
channel by means of a high-quality removable connector.
It is fully compatible with link powered channels.
The U20 USB network interface is connected to a PL-20 C band
power line (ANSI/CEA-709.2) LONWORKS channel by means of
a plug-in coupling circuit/power supply.
Echelon PCI Network Adapter
The PCLTA-21 PC network adapter is a powerful LONWORKS
interface for PC. It was developed for use in LONWORKS
control networks that need a PC for network monitoring,
administration and diagnostics. The PCLTA-21 adapter is ideal
for applications in industrial control units, building automation
and process control. The PCLTA-21 adapter has an integrated
twisted-pair transceiver, a downloadable memory, an interface
for network administration and plug-and-play capability with
Microsoft Windows 98/2000 and Windows XP.
Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.4 x 18.2 x 113.2 mm
Operating temperature range 0 °C to +70 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +85 °C Dimensions (W x D) 98 x 132 mm
Operating temperature range 0 °C to +70 °C
Storage temperature range -45 °C to +85 °C
• High network throughput and performance
• Sturdy design, removable plugs
• Plug-and-play driver for Windows 2000, XP and Server 2003
• Compatible with LNS® and OpenLDV™ based applications
• Compatible with LonScanner™ protocol analyzer
• CE marking, UL and cUL listed, TÜV certification
• Universal 32-bit PCI adapter card for LONWORKS® networks
for PC with 3.3 V or 5 V PCI
• Plug-and-play capability with Microsoft® Windows®
98/2000 and Windows XP
• Firmware can be downloaded from the manufacturer's
website
• FT 3150® free topology smart transceiver, RS-485, TPT/
XF-78 or TPT/XF-1250 transceiver
• The LNS® network service interface (NSI) supports LNS
applications
• CE marking, UL and cUL listed
63
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110050 PC Card 4250184120100
110051 cable set 4250184120117
LON I/Os | Interface/Adapter
1
I/O components
Echelon PC Card LonTalk Adapter
The PCC-10 network adapter is a powerful LONWORKS
interface for personal computers equipped with a type II PC
card (previously PCMCIA) and a compatible operating system.
It was developed for use in LONWORKS control networks that
need a PC for network monitoring, administration and
diagnostics. The PCC-10 adapter is ideal for applications in
industrial control units, building automation and process
control. The PCC-10 adapter has an integrated FTT-10A
twisted-pair transceiver, a downloadable memory, an interface
for network administration and plug-and-play capability with
Microsoft Windows 95/98/2000 and Windows NT.
Dimensions (W x H x D) 54 x 5 x 85.6 mm
Operating temperature range 0 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +65 °C
• Type II PC card for LONWORKS® networks
• Plug-and-play capability with Microsoft® Windows®
95/98/2000 and Windows NT®
• Downloadable firmware allows updating without accessing
or modifying the hardware
• Integrated FTT-10A transceiver, external transceiver pods for
TPT/XF-78 and TPT/XF-1250 transceiver
• The LNS network service interface (NSI) supports LNS
applications
• CE marking, UL and cUL listed
• Network driver for Windows 95/98/2000 and Windows NT
available
64
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
1105751319 green 4250184122548
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
1105701321 green 4250184122517
CAN-Bus I/Os | Input/Output digital
Matching accessory
for FDE 4 CAN
Page
Matching accessory
for FRAS 4/21 CAN
Page
Wiring/Principle diagram Wiring/Principle diagram
141
Power supply NG4 HS
141
HUB DC
142
Jumper plug
for I/O components
142
Terminal block Type 259
141
Power supply NG4 HS
141
HUB DC
142
Jumper plug
for I/O components
142
Terminal block Type 259
1
I/O components
FDE 4 CAN
CAN module with 4 digital inputs, which can be operated
as contact or voltage inputs. It is suitable for detecting switch
states, for example, of electrical limit switches on vent valves
or auxiliary contacts of power contactors. The fieldbus module
is an input module for universal use. It is controlled by means
of the CAN bus. The module is addressed by means of an
adjustable address, and the input states are transmitted in
data bytes. If there is one (or more) relay output module(s)
with the same address in the system, the respective outputs
are switched.
FRAS 4/21 CAN
CAN module with 4 digital outputs. It is suitable for switching
electrical components, for example motors, contactors, lamps,
louvers, etc. With strong inductive loads, we recommend
protecting the relay contacts additionally with an RC element.
The fieldbus module is an input module for universal use.
It is controlled by means of the CAN bus. The module is
addressed by means of an adjustable address. Data bytes
transmit whether data are queried or commands are executed.
If there is a digital input module with the same address in the
system, the module can be operated by remote control.
Protocol CAN
Addressing range 00 to 99
Bus interface ©CiA standard 2.0B passive (two-wire bus)
Transmission rate 20 to 500 kBit/s
Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV)
Current consumption 63 mA (AC) / 21 mA (DC)
Relative duty cycle 100 %
Recovery time 550 ms
Inputs 4 x digital
Input / voltage 0 V to 10 V DC
Input / resolution 10 mV / (0 % to 100%)
Input / error approx. +/- 100 mV
Display Green, red and yellow LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 65 mm
Weight 83 g
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Protocol CAN
Addressing range 00 to 99
Bus interface ©CiA standard 2.0B passive (two-wire bus)
Transmission rate 20 to 500 kBit/s
Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV)
Current consumption 205 mA (AC) / 67 mA (DC)
Relative duty cycle 100 %
Recovery time 550 ms
Output / contacts 4 x changeover contacts
(4 DPST)
Output / switching voltage 250 V AC
Output / continuous current 5 A / output
Output / total current max. 12 A / all outputs
Display Green, red and yellow LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 75 mm
Weight 104 g
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
65
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
1105741306 green 4250184122531
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
1105731302 green 4250184122524
CAN-Bus I/Os | Input/Output analog
Matching accessory
for FAE 4 CAN
Page
Matching accessory
for FAA 4 CAN
Page
1
Wiring/Principle diagram Wiring/Principle diagram
I/O components
141
Power supply NG4 HS
141
HUB DC
142
Jumper plug
for I/O components
142
Terminal block Type 259
141
Power supply NG4 HS
141
HUB DC
142
Jumper plug
for I/O components
142
Terminal block Type 259
FAE 4 CAN
CAN module with 4 temperature and 4 voltage inputs.
It is suitable for recording temperatures with Ni1000 or PT1000
sensors and voltages of, for example, electrical vent and mixing
valves, valve positions, etc. The fieldbus module is an input
module for universal use. It is controlled by means of the CAN
bus. The module is addressed by means of an adjustable
address, and the input states are transmitted in data bytes.
If there is one (or more) analog output module(s) with the
same address in the system, the voltage measured there is
issued at the respective output.
Each input can be adjusted either from 0 to 10 V DC, to
Ni1000 (-50 °C to +150 °C), PT1000 (-50 °C to +150 °C) or
PT1000 (0 °C to +400 °C) by means of a DIP switch.
FAA 4 CAN
CAN module with 4 analog outputs. It is suitable as encoder
for control variables, for example for electrical vent and mixing
valves, valve positions, etc. The fieldbus module is an output
module for universal use. It is controlled by means of the CAN
bus. The module is addressed by means of an adjustable
address, and the output states are transmitted in data bytes.
If there is an analog input module with the same address in
the system, the voltage measured there is issued at the
respective output.
Protocol CAN
Addressing range 00 to 99
Bus interface ©CiA standard 2.0B passive (two-wire bus)
Transmission rate 20 to 500 kBit/s
Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV)
Current consumption 67 mA (AC) / 24 mA (DC)
Relative duty cycle 100 %
Recovery time 550 ms
Inputs 4 x analog
Input / voltage 0 V to 10 V DC
Input / resolution 10 mV / (0 % to 100%)
Input / error approx. +/- 20 mV
Input / temperature range Ni1000, -50 to +150 °C
Input / temperature range PT1000, -50 to +150 °C
Input / temperature range PT1000, 0 to +400 °C
Display Green and red LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 65 mm
Weight 84 g
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Protocol CAN
Addressing range 00 to 99
Bus interface ©CiA standard 2.0B passive (two-wire bus)
Transmission rate 20 to 500 kBit/s
Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV)
Current consumption 90 mA (AC) / 32 mA (DC)
Relative duty cycle 100 %
Recovery time 550 ms
Outputs 4 x analog
Output / voltage 0 V to 10 V DC
Output / current 5 mA at 10 V DC
Output / resolution 10 mV / digit
Output / switching voltage +/- 1%
Display Green and red LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 65 mm
Weight 84 g
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
66
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110556 gray 4250184122432
S0/M Converter
4-channel impulse counter for counting impulses that are
generated by energy counters via reed contacts or passive
transistor outputs (open collectors) in proportion to the energy
measured. Impulses of any potential-free contacts can be
recorded for counting, for example, events up to a frequency
of 15 Hz.
The impulses generated by the energy counters are recorded
by means of a standardized current interface to DIN EN 62053-
31 class A. The 4-channel impulse counter occupies a clear
M- Bus address specified by the manufacturer.
Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor.
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110562 gray 4250184122487
T/M Converter
Temperature converter to connect up to four different
resistance temperature sensors in dual cable technology with
a resolution in 0.1 K. The addressing of the four temperature
sensors is done via four M-Bus addresses according to M-Bus
standard DIN EN-1434-3. The temperature is directly converted
in the device. The temperature converter occupies four clear
M-Bus addresses specified by the manufacturer. Per channel,
one of nine preset temperature characteristics can be selected
or alternatively the direct resistance value is transmitted.
The cable length adjustment is done via the key assigned to
the temperature input.
The factory setting is: -30 ° C to + 130 ° C / PT1000
Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor.
Protocol M-Bus
Bus interface Two-wire bus
Transmission rate 300 Bd to 9600 Bd
Operating voltage 24 V DC (SELV)
Current consumption 50 mA DC
Inputs 4 x S0 to DIN EN 62053-31
Class A
Display LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 50 x 68 x 65 mm
Weight approx. 70 g
Operating temperature range -10 °C to +50 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Selectable characteristics sensor
-30 °C to + 130 °C PT100, PT500, PT1000,
Ni100, Ni1000, NTC1k8,
NTC10k, NTC20k, KTY10
0 °C to + 400 °C PT100, PT1000
resistance value index = 1 (all sensors)
Protocol M-Bus
Bus interface Two-wire bus
Transmission rate 300 Bd to 9600 Bd
Operating voltage 24 V DC (SELV)
Current consumption 50 mA DC
Inputs 4 x S0 to DIN EN 62053-31
Class A
Display LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 50 x 68 x 65 mm
Weight approx. 70 g
Operating temperature range -10 °C to +50 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
M-Bus I/Os | Digital/analog inputs
Wiring/Principle diagram Wiring/Principle diagram
1
I/O components
67
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110562IP 4250184 179061
T/M Konverter-IP65
Temperature converter with an IP65 housing to connect up to
four different resistance temperature sensors in dual cable
technology with a resolution in 0.1 K. The addressing of the
four temperature sensors is done via four M-Bus addresses
according to M-Bus standard DIN EN-1434-3. The temperature
is directly converted in the device. The temperature converter
occupies four clear M-Bus addresses specified by the
manufacturer. Per channel, one of nine preset temperature
characteristics can be selected or alternatively the direct
resistance value is transmitted.
The cable length adjustment is done via the key assigned to
the temperature input.
The factory setting is: -30 ° C to + 130 ° C / PT1000
Selectable characteristics sensor
-30 °C to + 130 °C PT100, PT500, PT1000,
Ni100, Ni1000, NTC1k8,
NTC10k, NTC20k, KTY10
0 °C to + 400 °C PT100, PT1000
resistance value index = 1 (all sensors)
Protocol M-Bus
Bus interface Two-wire bus
Transmission rate 300 Bd to 9600 Bd
Operating voltage 24 V DC (SELV)
Current consumption 50 mA DC
Inputs 4 x S0 to DIN EN 62053-31
Class A
Display LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 159 x 41,5 x 120 mm
Weight approx. 70 g
Operating temperature range -10 °C to +50 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP65
M-bus I/Os | Digital/analog inputs
1
I/O components
Notes
1
I/O components
68
Contents | Switches
2
69
Switches
1 Packing Details 70
2 Industry switch 71
METZ CONNECT – your partner
for building automation
As one of the leading suppliers of I/O bus modules, we and
our partners have set up a cooperation structure addressing
the challenges implied in modern building automation and
that – thanks to its innovations – counts among the best on
the market – to the advantage of our investors, planners, fitters
and operators.
Through the products from our partners Echelon and Moxa,
METZ CONNECT offers system components such as routers
and switches that you will need to set up and to operate
networks. This includes, as a matter of fact, also competent
advice on how to plan, install and operate networks.
70
Industry switch | Ethernet
Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight
71 110195 1 pcs 135 x 178 x 37 mm 267 g
71 110196 1 pcs 210 x 150 x 75 mm 373 g
71 11019601 1 pcs 210 x 150 x 75 mm 370 g
Switches | Packing details
2
Switches
71
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110195 gray 5 Port RJ45 4250184120537
MOXA EtherDevice Switch 5 Port
The industrial Ethernet switch EDS205 is an entry-level switch
supporting IEEE 802.3/802.3u/802.3x with 10/100M, full/half
duplex, MDI/MDIX auto-sensing. Switches of the EDS205 series
can be easily and conveniently mounted on and dismounted
from a standard top hat rail.
• 5 ports with 10/100BaseT(X) RJ45
• Supports IEEE 802.3/802.3u/802.3x
• Power supply: DC 12 to 48 V, AC 18 to 30 V
• Mounting on standard top hat rail
• Powerful network switch technology
• Protected against broadcast storm
• Store and forward switching mode
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110196 gray 8 Port RJ45 4250184120544
11019601 gray 7 Port RJ45 1 Port SC MM 4250184151685
MOXA EtherDevice Switch 8 Port
The industrial Ethernet switch EDS208 is an entry-level switch
supporting IEEE 802.3/802.3u/802.3x with 10/100M, full/half
duplex, MDI/MDIX auto-sensing. Switches of the EDS208 series
can be easily and conveniently mounted on and dismounted
from a standard top hat rail.
Variants:
EDS208: 8 x 10/100BaseT(X) RJ45
EDS208-M-SC: 7 x 10/100BaseT(X) RJ45
1 x 100BaseFX multi-mode SC connector
• 8 ports with 10/100BaseT(X) RJ45 or 7 ports with
10/ 100BaseT(X) RJ45 and 1 port100BaseFX multi-mode
SC connector
• Supports IEEE 802.3/802.3u/802.3x
• Powerful network switch technology
• Protected against broadcast storm
• Supports IEEE 802.3/802.3u/802.3x
• Store and forward switching mode
Dimensions (W x H x D) 25 x 109 x 88 mm
Operating temperature range -10 °C to +60 °C
Storage temperature range -40 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection IP30
Operating voltage DC 12 to 48 V
Operating voltage AC 18 to 30 V
Dimensions (W x H x D) 40 x 109 x 95 mm
Operating temperature range -10 °C to +60 °C
Storage temperature range -40 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection IP30
Industry switch | Ethernet
2
Switches
Notes
2
Switches
72
Contents | Control cabinet components
3
73
Control cabinet components
1 Packing Details 76
2 Measuring and monitoring relays 78
3 Interface modules 90
4 Electronic timer relays 126
74
Relays for measuring and
monitoring purposes
Monitoring relays are used to protect people and machines
and to control electrical cycles in line with the electrical
or physicals parameters and, according to the low voltage
directives certain individual applications have to be equipped
with these relays.
The range of products from METZ CONNECT offers a broad
spectrum of measuring and monitoring relays suited for a
multitude of applications: current monitors for universal
applications, phase monitors as protection against destruction/
deterioration of system parts, phase sequence relays to monitor
the rotating field, asymmetric relays for a safe detection of
phase failures, multifunctional 3-phase monitors, level relays
for fill level monitoring.
Interface modules
We offer interface modules and/or sensor/actuator-
interface modules with change-over contacts, make contacts,
with break contacts and make contacts, with switches and
optocoupler; potential distribution blocks; diode modules;
lamp test modules; threshold switches; voltage
value transformers; analogous-to-digital-converters; signalling
modules and potential separators.
Interface engineering stands for the separation, conversion,
processing, transformation and adaptation of signals from
all areas of control and automation engineering.
By its housing shapes for DIN-rails METZ CONNECT offers
solutions to almost every application.
In many applications the signals must be separated by
additional features (e. g. measuring transducers, speed
monitors and others).
A common system, however, will also accumulate a share
of (analogous) signals, for which the operator wants to have
“only” a floating separation before the signals will be used
by an SPS.
The range of products from METZ CONNECT comprises
compact pluggable 14-pin industrial relays of a supply voltage
of 24 V DC, 24 V AC and 230 V AC with 2 and 4 changeover
contacts.
The cadmium-free contact material is optionally made of a
silver or of a gold alloy. The mounting tabs are shaped as
soldering tags so that they can also be wired in classical
fashion. The position will either be indicated mechanically or
visually via LED.
A manual test key allows for floating circuit tests.
METZ CONNECT is offering 11-pin rugged power relays for
industrial applications. These relays are available for the
following supply voltages: 24 V DC, 24 V AC and 230 V AC
with 3 changeover contacts.
The isolating parts are made of self-extinguishing plastics.
The relays are equipped with manual switch, mechanical
position indication device and with LED display.
This product line is completed by plug-in sockets with screwed
connection for common 11-pin and 14-pin industrial relays.
All metal parts are largely protected against contact.
75
Switching, controlling, visualizing –
Electronic time relays
This range of products includes time relays with multiple
functions and adjustable time ranges as well as relays with
specific functions such as switch-on delay, switch-off delay,
delayed on pulse, flashing, clocking and star-delta-relays.
Switch-on delay
Once the operating voltage is applied, the set time constant tv
will start and as soon as this has completed the output relay
will energize. It will only fall back once the operating voltage is
no longer applied. When the voltage is interrupted during the
processing of such a time, the time constant will restart once
the device is switched on again and will take the recovery time
tw into account.
Delayed on pulse
Once the operating voltage is applied, the output relay will
energize without delay and will fall back once the interval
time tv has elapsed. The operating voltage must as a minimum
exceed the length of the interval time. In case that this is
interrupted prior to the end of the interval time, the relay will
immediately fall back. This function will only be repeated as
soon as the operating voltage will be applied again and in
doing so the recovery time tw must be taken into account.
Switch-off delay
The operating voltage will have to be applied continuously.
Only once the floating control contact has been closed, the
output relay will energize without delay. Once the control
contact has been opened, the set time constant tv will start
to run and the relay will fall back as soon as this time constant
has elapsed.
Delayed off pulse
The operating voltage will have to be applied continuously.
Once the floating control contact is closed, the output relay
will stay in rest position. Only once the control contact has
been opened, the set interval time will start to run and the
relay will fall back as soon as this interval time has elapsed.
This interval function can only be repeated once the control
contact has been closed and opened again (the recovery time
must be taken into account).
Flashing starting pause
Once the operating voltage is applied, the output relay will
stay in its rest position for the length of the set pause time tp
and will then excite for the length of the pulse on time ti. This
process will be repeated until the operating voltage will no
longer be applied.
Flashing pulse starting
Once the operating voltage is applied, the output relay will
excite for the duration of the set pulse on time ti and will then
fall back for the duration of the pause time tp. This process will
be repeated until the operating voltage will no longer be applied.
Functional diagram
Functional diagram
Functional diagram
Functional diagram
Functional diagram
Functional diagram
76
Measuring and monitoring relays | Fan timer relay
Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight
78 11028313 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 236 g
78 1102830530 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 256 g
Measuring and monitoring relays | Speed Monitoring
Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight
79 1101500522 1 pcs 65 x 24 x 74 mm 174 g
79 1101501322 1 pcs 65 x 24 x 74 mm 91 g
80 110149 1 pcs plastic bag 106 g
80 110146 1 pcs plastic bag 291 g
81 110151 1 pcs plastic bag 129 g
81 895604 1 pcs plastic bag 87 g
Measuring and monitoring relays |
Motor protection - v- belt monitoring
Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight
82 1102810520 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 323 g
82 110281052013 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 325 g
82 11031505 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 350 g
82 1103150522 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 350 g
82 1103151322 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 251 g
83 11031605 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 309 g
83 1103160522 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 344 g
83 1103161322 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 231 g
Measuring and monitoring relays | Level monitoring
Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight
84 11030805 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 351 g
84 11030810 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 357 g
84 110324 1 pcs plastic bag 120 g
85 110329 1 pcs plastic bag 131 g
85 11032901 1 pcs plastic bag 131 g
Measuring and monitoring relays | Phase monitoring
Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight
86 110292032215 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 241 g
86 110270 1 pcs 74 x 51 x 80 mm 150 g
87 110271 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 112 g
Measuring and monitoring relays | Selective protection
Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight
88 11015605 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 193 g
Measuring and monitoring relays |
Current/Voltage Monitoring
Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight
89 11027205 1 pcs 74 x 51 x 80 mm 214 g
89 11027210 1 pcs 74 x 51 x 80 mm 213 g
89 11027405 1 pcs 74 x 51 x 80 mm 211 g
Interface modules | Electromechanic Coupling Modules
Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight
90 11070013 10 pcs 117 x 90 x 75 mm 71 g
90 11070613 10 pcs 117 x 90 x 75 mm 72 g
91 11070813 10 pcs 117 x 90 x 75 mm 74 g
91 11071013 10 pcs 117 x 90 x 75 mm 74 g
92 11070213 10 pcs 117 x 90 x 75 mm 68 g
92 11070713 10 pcs 117 x 90 x 75 mm 69 g
93 11065013 10 pcs 125 x 66 x 42 mm 261 g
93 11061313 10 pcs 117 x 62 x 71 mm 326 g
94 11061325 10 pcs 117 x 62 x 71 mm 324 g
94 11061305 10 pcs 117 x 62 x 71 mm 343 g
95 11061613 10 pcs 117 x 62 x 71 mm 349 g
95 11061605 10 pcs 117 x 62 x 71 mm 363 g
96 11061713 10 pcs 117 x 62 x 71 mm 352 g
96 11061705 10 pcs 117 x 62 x 71 mm 364 g
97 11061513 10 pcs 117 x 62 x 71 mm 383 g
97 11061550 10 pcs 117 x 62 x 71 mm 378 g
97 11061525 10 pcs 117 x 62 x 71 mm 373 g
98 11061505 10 pcs 117 x 62 x 71 mm 389 g
98 11061213 10 pcs 117 x 62 x 71 mm 415 g
99 11064513 10 pcs 117 x 62 x 71 mm 435 g
99 11061913 10 pcs 117 x 62 x 71 mm 393 g
99 11061950 10 pcs 117 x 62 x 71 mm 393 g
Interface modules | Electromechanic Coupling Modules
Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight
100 11061925 10 pcs 117 x 62 x 71 mm 391 g
100 11061905 10 pcs 117 x 62 x 71 mm 406 g
101 11060913 10 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 119 g
101 11050425 10 pcs 170 x 85 x 75 mm 466 g
102 11050410 10 pcs 170 x 85 x 75 mm 466 g
102 11050405 10 pcs 170 x 85 x 75 mm 466 g
102 11050725 10 pcs 170 x 85 x 75 mm 466 g
103 11050705 10 pcs 170 x 85 x 75 mm 466 g
103 11050710 10 pcs 170 x 85 x 75 mm 554 g
103 11051025 10 pcs 170 x 85 x 75 mm 591 g
104 11051005 10 pcs 170 x 85 x 75 mm 588 g
104 11051010 10 pcs 170 x 85 x 75 mm 594 g
Interface modules | Semi-Conductor Coupling Modules
Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight
105 1106302517 10 pcs 117 x 62 x 71 mm 287 g
105 1106312518 10 pcs 117 x 62 x 71 mm 302 g
Interface modules | Analog data encoder
Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight
106 110730 10 pcs 117 x 90 x 75 mm 62 g
106 110731 10 pcs 117 x 90 x 75 mm 63 g
107 110660 5 pcs 117 x 62 x 71 mm 215 g
107 110659 5 pcs 117 x 62 x 71 mm 225 g
Interface modules | Potential distributor
Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight
108 110720 10 pcs 117 x 90 x 75 mm 63 g
Interface modules | Motor control (two-stage + three- stage)
Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight
109 110668132722 5 pcs 117 x 62 x 71 mm 359 g
109 110676132722 5 pcs 117 x 62 x 71 mm 381 g
Interface modules | Annunciator modules
Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight
110 11051813 5 pcs 65 x 24 x 74 mm 147 g
110 110518 5 pcs 65 x 24 x 74 mm 152 g
110 110520 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 115 g
111 110280 5 pcs 117 x 62 x 71 mm 582 g
Interface modules | Threshold control
Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight
112 110661 5 pcs 117 x 62 x 71 mm 245 g
112 110655 5 pcs 117 x 62 x 71 mm 236 g
113 110667 5 pcs 117 x 62 x 71 mm 286 g
113 110666 5 pcs 117 x 62 x 71 mm 302 g
114 110673 5 pcs 117 x 62 x 71 mm 329 g
114 110672 5 pcs 117 x 62 x 71 mm 353 g
115 110665 5 pcs 117 x 62 x 71 mm 354 g
115 11043413 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 112 g
Interface modules | Potential separator
Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight
116 110501 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 89 g
116 11050108 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 89 g
116 110502 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 166 g
116 11050208 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 165 g
Interface modules | AD/DA converter
Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight
117 110656 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 77 g
117 11043513 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 95 g
Interface modules | Diode modules
Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight
118 110639 10 pcs 117 x 62 x 71 mm 331 g
118 110641 10 pcs 117 x 62 x 71 mm 362 g
119 110640 10 pcs 117 x 62 x 71 mm 363 g
119 110629 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 199 g
120 110628 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 199 g
Interface modules | Pulse shaper
Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight
121 11027613 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 104 g
121 11027605 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 189 g
Control cabinet components | Packing details
3
Control cabinet components
77
Interface modules | Industrial relays
Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight
122 110016051307 20 pcs 295 x 240 x 40 mm 1668 g
122 110016101307 20 pcs 295 x 240 x 40 mm 1668 g
122 110016251307 20 pcs 295 x 240 x 40 mm 1668 g
122 110015051206 20 pcs 160 x 120 x 50 mm 684 g
122 110015101206 20 pcs 160 x 120 x 50 mm 654 g
122 110015251206 20 pcs 160 x 120 x 50 mm 686 g
123 110015051406 20 pcs 160 x 120 x 50 mm 706 g
123 110015101406 20 pcs 160 x 120 x 50 mm 670 g
123 110015251406 20 pcs 160 x 120 x 50 mm 724 g
123 110015271406 20 pcs 160 x 120 x 50 mm 686 g
123 110015051408 20 pcs 160 x 120 x 50 mm 706 g
123 110015101408 20 pcs 160 x 120 x 50 mm 663 g
123 110015251408 20 pcs 160 x 120 x 50 mm 698 g
124 110117 10 pcs 145 x 130 x 50 mm 554 g
124 110175 10 pcs 160 x 150 x 70 mm 632 g
125 110178 10 pcs 155 x 155 x 50 mm 555 g
Electronic timer relays | Multi-time
Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight
126 110657 2 pcs 65 x 24 x 74 mm 137 g
126 1106574133 2 pcs 65 x 24 x 74 mm 140 g
127 110658 2 pcs 65 x 24 x 74 mm 139 g
127 110658412014 2 pcs 65 x 24 x 74 mm 155 g
127 110310412230 1 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 138 g
127 110310412231 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 254 g
128 110295412030 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 203 g
128 110352412003 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 198 g
128 110352412004 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 200 g
128 110352412005 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 200 g
128 110352412006 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 199 g
128 110352412008 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 198 g
129 110304412003 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 201 g
129 110304412004 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 201 g
129 110304412005 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 201 g
129 110304412008 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 201 g
129 110304412011 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 201 g
129 110296412002 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 200 g
129 110296412003 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 200 g
129 110296412004 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 200 g
129 110296412009 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 200 g
130 11067441203030 1 pcs 65 x 24 x 74 mm 69 g
130 11067441203031 1 pcs 65 x 24 x 74 mm 69 g
130 11067441203130 1 pcs 65 x 24 x 74 mm 69 g
130 11067441203131 1 pcs 65 x 24 x 74 mm 70 g
Electronic timer relays | Fixed time
Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight
131 110354412016 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 195 g
131 110355412016 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 202 g
Electronic timer relays | Star-delta
Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight
132 11016141280417 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 226 g
132 11016141280517 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 226 g
132 11016005270317 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 218 g
132 11016005270417 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 218 g
132 11016005270517 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 224 g
132 11016013270317 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 218 g
Control cabinet components | Packing details
3
Control cabinet components
78
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11028313 green 24 V AC/DC 4250184121060
1102830530 green 230 V AC 4250184121053
LTRk-E12
The fan timer relay was designed especially for controlling
two-level motors. Response and switch-off delay can be
adjusted separately and infinitely. A two-level switch is used for
activation. The motor contactors are activated by two mutually
blocking outputs.
Mode of operation:
• 1. If you directly select level 2, level 1 is first activated for
the adjusted start-up time so that the fan can accelerate to
nominal speed. Then level 2 is activated.
• 2. When switching from level 2 back to level 1 or switching
off, a switch-off delay is activated allowing the fan to run
down before level 1 is activated.
• 3. If level 1 has been activated for minimum the adjusted
start-up time, it is immediately switched to level 2. When
switching from level 1 to 2, the interruption may be max.
250 ms. If this time is exceeded, the procedure is as
described under point 1.
Operating voltage AC 230 V AC
Operating voltage (AC/DC) 24 V AC/DC
Recovery time approx. 20 ms
Output / voltage Operating voltage
Output / max. current 6 A AC1 / 1.5 A AC3
Response time for level 1 0 ms
Response time for level 2 approx. 30 ms
Start-up delay adjustable time of up to 30 s
Switch-off delay adjustable time of up to 60 s
Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 75 x 100 mm
Weight 150 g
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Measuring and monitoring relays | Fan timer relay
Wiring/Circuit diagram
3
Control cabinet components
79
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
1101500522 green 230 V AC 4250184120292
DRIW-E16 | 230 V
The speed and V-belt monitor is used for monitoring the rotary
movement (insufficient speed) of motor and V-belt driven
shafts. Inductive proximity switches are used for capturing the
speed. Pulses are generated by the sensor without contact by
means of driven control cams, toothed wheels, segmented
discs, metal signal flags or similar. The relay is activated when
the operating voltage is applied. After start- up bridging has
finished, the monitoring function is started on the E1 and E2
terminals by means of the power contactor of the drive. When
the drive speed falls below the switch-off speed, the relay is
deactivated. The fault message of the speed or V-belt monitor
is reset by means of the reset function and by switching off the
operating voltage.
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
1101501322 green 24 V AC/DC 4250184120308
DRIW-E16 | 24 V AC/DC
The speed and V-belt monitor is used for monitoring the rotary
movement (insufficient speed) of motor and V-belt driven
shafts. Inductive proximity switches are used for capturing the
speed. Pulses are generated by the sensor without contact by
means of driven control cams, toothed wheels, segmented
discs, metal signal flags or similar. The relay is activated when
the operating voltage is applied. After start- up bridging has
finished, the monitoring function is started on the E1 and E2
terminals by means of the power contactor of the drive. When
the drive speed falls below the switch-off speed, the relay is
deactivated. The fault message of the speed or V-belt monitor
is reset by means of the reset function und by switching off
the operating voltage.
Operating voltage 230 V AC
Recovery time 400 ms
Type of monitoring Low speed
Max. monitoring range 4200 pulses/min
Switch-off range 120 pulses/min
Sensor input Two-wire
Start-up bridging 60 s
Outputs 2 changeover contacts
( DPST)
Output / switching voltage 250 V
Output / current 6 A
Output / total current 8 A / across all contacts
Display Green and red LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 60 x 60 mm
Weight 70 g
Operating temperature range 0 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Operating voltage 24 V AC/DC
Recovery time 400 ms
Type of monitoring Low speed
Max. monitoring range 4200 pulses/min
Switch-off range 120 pulses/min
Sensor input Two-wire
Start-up bridging 60 s
Outputs 2 changeover contacts
( DPST)
Output / switching voltage 250 V
Output / current 6 A
Output / total current 8 A / across all contacts
Display Green and red LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 60 x 60 mm
Weight 70 g
Operating temperature range 0 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Measuring and monitoring relays | Speed Monitoring
Wiring Wiring
Matching accessory
for DRIW-E16 | 230 V
Page
Matching accessory
for DRIW-E16 | 24 V AC/DC
Page
3
Control cabinet components
80
Two-wire Sensor
(5 ... 60 V DC)
80
Mounting bracket HWR
81
Mounting bracket HWF
80
Two-wire Sensor
(5 ... 60 V DC)
80
Mounting bracket HWR
81
Mounting bracket HWF
80
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110149 4250184120285
Two-wire sensor
The sensor consists of a cylindrical nickel-plated metal body
with M18 thread and 2 thin nuts. The cable output is located
at the rear. Laterally, there is a yellow LED lighted in an
attenuated state.
The oscillator creates a high-frequency electro-magnetic field
emerging at the front of the sensor. It generates a field over
the active area, which is called active pulse zone. When an
electrically conductive material enters the field, it takes energy
from the oscillator. This attenuates the oscillations so that they
stop completely or partially. When the conductive material is
removed from the active zone, the oscillator can again oscillate
with its full amplitude. These two states can be evaluated
electronically by the DRIW-E16.
• The sensor has the following main components:
• 1. Oscillator (LC resonator)
• 2. Demodulator
• 3. Bistable amplifier
• 4. Amplifier
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110146 silver 4250184120278
Mounting bracket HWR
To fasten sensors with max. diameters of 18 mm. For universal
mounting. An auxiliary cam for shafts with diameters of up to
45 mm is included in the delivery.
Measuring and monitoring relays | Speed Monitoring
Principle diagram
Two-wire sensor is
matching accessory for
Page
79
DRIW-E16 | 230 V AC
79
DRIW-E16 | 24 V AC/DC
Matching accessory
for Mounting bracket HWR
Page
81
Auxiliary cam for shafts
up to 80 mm
3
Control cabinet components
Mounting bracket HWR is
matching accessory for
Page
79
DRIW-E16 | 230 V AC
79
DRIW-E16 | 24 V AC/DC
Wiring
81
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110151 silver 4250184120315
Mounting bracket HWF
To fasten sensors with max. diameters of 18 mm. Ideal for
fastening on flat irons. An auxiliary cam for shafts with
diameters of up to 45 mm is included in the delivery.
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
895604 silver 4250184119272
Auxiliary cam for shafts up to 80 mm
Auxiliary cam for shafts with diameters up to 80 mm.
Measuring and monitoring relays | Speed Monitoring
Matching accessory
for Mounting bracket HWF
Page 3
Control cabinet components
81
Auxiliary cam for shafts
up to 80 mm
Mounting bracket HWF is
matching accessory for
Page
79
DRIW-E16 | 230 V AC
79
DRIW-E16 | 24 V AC/DC
Auxiliary cam for shafts up
to 80 mm is matching
accessory for
Page
80
Mounting bracket HWR
81
Mounting bracket HWF
82
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
1102810520 green measuring
range
1 - 10 A 4250184121039
110281052013 green measuring
range
0.2 - 2.5 A 4250184121046
CPW-E12
The cosPhi monitor is used for detecting underload.
The response value and the response time can be adjusted.
It can also be used in combination with a frequency converter
(frequency: 2 to 200 Hz). Monitoring is accomplished by
recognizing the phase shift between current and voltage.
This phase angle varies depending on the motor load.
The functions can be adjusted by means of bridges S1 - S2 - S3
S1 - S2 open = relay deactivated with underload
S1 - S2 bridged = relay activated with underload
S1 - S3 open = with fault memory
S1 - S3 bridged = without fault memory
The module can be unblocked remotely by means of a closing
contact on S1 - S3. If there is a fault memory (no bridge over
S1-S3), the fault message is active until it is acknowledged or
the supply voltage is interrupted.
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11031505 green 230 V AC,
1 DPST
w/o error memory 4250184118688
1103150522 green 230 V AC,
2 DPST
w/o error memory 4250184121282
1103151322 green 24 V AC/DC,
2 DPST
w/o error memory 4250184118664
TMR-E12 without error memory
The thermistor relay is used as protection relay for motors
against thermal overload (inadmissible heating). This heating
might be caused by mechanical overload on the shaft or when
operating the motor with inadmissible voltages. A PTC
thermistor is used as sensor. It should be mounted to the part
of the motor that heats most in case of overload (e.g.
integrated in motor winding). The device can also be used for
motors with integrated thermo switch.
Variants:
230 V AC or 24 V AC/DC
1 or 2 changeover contacts (1 or 2 DPST)
Operating voltage 230 V AC
Frequency range 2 to 200 Hz
Input / motor voltage 230 V AC / 400 V AC
Input / current min. 0.2 A / max. 10 A
Input / cosPhi response value 0 to 0.97, adjustable
Input / response time 1 to 100 s, adjustable
Output 1 changeover contact
(SPST)
Output / switching voltage max. 250 V AC
Output / continuous current max. 4 A
Output / switching frequency 1200 cycles/h
Display Green and red LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 75 x 100 mm
Weight 170 g
Operating temperature range 0 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Operating voltage AC 230 V AC
Operating voltage (AC/DC) 24 V AC/DC
Start-up delay 100 ms
Input / thermistor voltage 12 V
Input / thermistor current 1 mA
Input / switch-on resistance 1.8 kOhm
Input / switch-off resistance 3.0 kOhm, +/- 5%
Output / contact 1 (SPST) or 2 (DPST)
changeover contacts
Output / switching voltage 250 V
Output / continuous current 4 A
Mechanical endurance 3 x 107 switching cycles
Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles
Switching frequency 1200 cycles/h
Display Green and red LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 75 x 100 mm
Weight 150 g
Operating temperature range 0 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Measuring and monitoring relays | Motor protection - v-belt monitoring
Wiring Wiring
Matching accessory
for CPW-E12
Page
148
Current Converter TAmini
50/5 A
148
Current Converter TAmini
100/5 A
3
Control cabinet components
83
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11031605 green 230 V AC,
1 DPST
with error memory 4250184118671
1103160522 green 230 V AC,
2 DPST
with error memory 4250184121299
1103161322 green 24 V AC/DC,
2 DPST
with error memory 4250184118695
TMR-E12 with error memory
The thermistor relay is used as protection relay for motors
against thermal overload (inadmissible heating). This heating
might be caused by mechanical overload on the shaft or when
operating the motor with inadmissible voltages. A PTC
thermistor is used as sensor. It should be mounted to the part
of the motor that heats most in case of overload (e.g.
integrated in motor winding). The device can also be used for
motors with integrated thermo switch.
Integrated fault memory with reset key at the front.
Variants:
230 V AC or 24 V AC/DC
1 or 2 changeover contacts (1 or 2 DPST)
Operating voltage AC 230 V AC
Operating voltage (AC/DC) 24 V AC/DC
Start-up delay 10 ms
Input / thermistor voltage 12 V
Input / thermistor current 1 mA
Input / switch-on resistance 1.8 kOhm
Input / switch-off resistance 3.0 kOhm, +/- 5%
Output / contact 1 (SPST) or 2 (DPST)
changeover contacts
Output / switching voltage 250 V
Output / continuous current 4 A
Mechanical endurance 3 x 107 switching cycles
Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles
Switching frequency 1200 cycles/h
Display Green and red LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 75 x 100 mm
Weight 150 g
Operating temperature range 0 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Measuring and monitoring relays | Motor protection - v-belt monitoring
Wiring
3
Control cabinet components
84
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11030805 green 230 V AC 4250184121244
11030810 green 24 V AC 4250184121251
ENW-E12
The level sensor monitors filling levels or leakage of all
conductive, noncombustible media. The trigger can be
adjusted by means of a proportional potentiometer.
As monitor, the device works with an electrode (EO) and the
ground connection (EM), e.g. for minimum and maximum
levels, to protect submersible pumps from overflowing or
running dry. If the surface of the fluid is subject to disturbance,
we recommend another electrode (EU). As two-level controller,
the device controls pumps or valves for automatically filling
and emptying containers by means of the EO and EU
electrodes and the EM ground connection. A container wall,
being conductive to the medium, can also be used as ground
connection.
Variants:
230 V AC or 24 V AC
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110324 silver 4250184121329
Submersible Electrode TE1
One-pole submersible electrode made of stainless steel in
plastic housing. To monitor filling levels of conductive liquids.
To be connected to the level sensor ENW-E12 P/N 110308xx.
Contents of the packaging: 1 submersible electrode, 1 sleeve,
1 strain relief
Operating voltage 230 V AC / 24 V AC
Response sensitivity 5 to 50 kOhm, adjustable
Input up to 3 electrodes
Input / electrode voltage 12 V
Output / contact 2 changeover contacts
( DPST)
Output / switching voltage 250 V
Output / continuous current 6 A
Output / total current 8 A / across all contacts
Mechanical endurance 3 x 107 switching cycles
Electrical endurance 2 x 105 switching cycles
Switching frequency 600 cycles/h
Display Green and red LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 75 x 100 mm
Weight 300 g
Operating temperature range 0 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Connecting cable
Submersible electrode High-alloy steel
Material number 1.4104
(C12CrMoS12)
Dimensions (diameter x length) 23 mm x 130 mm
Measuring and monitoring relays | Level monitoring
Wiring
Matching accessory
for ENW-E12
Page
Submersible Electrode TE1
is matching accessory for
Page
84
Submersible Electrode TE1
85
Leakage sensor LKS1
85
Leakage sensor LKS1
brown
84
ENW-E12 | 230 V AC
84
ENW-E12 | 24 V AC
3
Control cabinet components
85
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110329 gray 4250184121367
11032901 brown 4250184118855
Leakage sensor LKS1
Leakage sensors are connected to level sensors, such as ENW-
E12 (P/N 110308xx), to detect conductive liquids, for example,
when a pipe bursts. If an electrically conductive liquid (e.g.
water) comes between the two electrodes, an electrical
connection is produced, which triggers an alarm in the
connected level sensor ENW-E12.
Variants: Gray or brown
Connecting cable 2 x 0.75 mm²
Cable length 2 m
Electrode Stainless steel
Dimensions (W x H x D) 44 x 16 x 29 mm
Mounting Mounting with 1 screw
Measuring and monitoring relays | Level monitoring
Leakage sensor LKS1 is
matching accessory for
Page 3
Control cabinet components
84
ENW-E12 | 230 V AC
84
ENW-E12 | 24 V AC
Dimensional drawing
86
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110292032215 green 4250184118176
PFD2-E12
The monitoring relay monitors the correct phase sequence
L1- L2-L3 (direction of rotation to the right) and complete
failures of individual phase voltages. The phase voltages to be
monitored are connected to the terminals L1-L2-L3;
the terminals 11, 14 or 21, 24 of the relay output contacts are
connected ahead of the field coil of the motor relay.
If the phase sequence is correct, the output relay is activated
(green LED is on). In case of total failure of a phase, the output
relay returns to its neutral position (green LED is off).
A special supply voltage is not required for the monitoring
relay. Only connect the device to N if the three phases to be
monitored are connected to N over an electric circuit (e.g.
temperature monitoring or similar).
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110270 green 4250184120940
ASD-C18
Monitoring relay for monitoring asymmetry, phase failure,
phase sequence errors, overvoltage and undervoltage of a
three-phase connection. With external fault acknowledgement.
• Adjustable response delay
• Adjustable asymmetry
• Selectable fault memory
• 7-segment display
Operating voltage 400 V AC
Current consumption 20 mA
Response delay 5 s
Output / contact 2 changeover contacts
( DPST)
Output / switching voltage max. 250 V
Output / continuous current max. 6 A
Output / switching frequency 1200 cycles/h
Mechanical endurance 1 x 107 switching cycles
Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles
Display Green LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 75 x 100 mm
Weight 120 g
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Operating voltage 230 V AC / 50 Hz
Current consumption less than 15 mA
Response delay 0.1 to 9.9 s, adjustable
Asymmetry 5% to 20%, adjustable
Switching hysteresis 20 %
Monitoring voltage 3 x 230/400 V AC, 50 Hz
Output contact 2 changeover contacts
( DPST)
Max. switching voltage 250 V AC/DC
Max. continuous current 8 A
Mechanical endurance 3 x 107 switching cycles
Electrical endurance 1.5 x 105 switching cycles
Dimensions (W x H x D) 50 x 68 x 65 mm
Weight 200 g
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
16 18 26 S2 A2
A1 15 25 L1 L3L2
28 S1
A1 L1 L2 L3
A2
15 25
16 18 26 28
S1 S2
A1-A2
L1-L2-L3
15-16-18/25-26-28
S1-S2
!
operating voltage
phase monitoring
2 changeover
contacts
external
acknowledgement
potential free
Measuring and monitoring relays | Phase monitoring
Wiring/Function diagram Wiring/Function diagram
3
Control cabinet components
87
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110271 green 4250184120964
DUW-C12
Undervoltage monitor in three-phase mains (each phase
against neutral) with fixed threshold value, fixed hysteresis and
integrated testing key. It has been developed especially for
emergency lighting to DIN VDE 0108. The device can also be
used for monitoring an individual phase. All unoccupied inputs
have to be connected to the connected phase. If there is an
inverse voltage due to the consumer, which exceeds the
adjusted threshold value, there is not any fault message.
OK message: Relay is activated
(contacts 11-14 and 21-24 closed), LED is off.
Fault message: Relay is deactivated
(contacts 11-14 and 21-24 open), LED is on.
Key pressed: Relay is being deactivated
(contacts 11-14 and 21- 24 open), LED lights up.
Operating voltage 3N 400/230 V, 50 Hz
Tolerance -30 % to +10 %
Consumption 16 VA (1.7 W)
Recovery time less than 300 ms
Dropout voltage less than 85 %
Trigger delay approx. 100 ms
Threshold value 195 V AC, fixed
Hysteresis approx. 5 %, fixed
Output 2 changeover contacts
( DPST), potential-free
Output / switching voltage max. 250 V AC/DC
Mechanical endurance 2 x 107 switching cycles
Electrical endurance 2 x 105 switching cycles
Display Green and red LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 65 mm
Weight 110 g
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Measuring and monitoring relays | Phase monitoring
3
Wiring/Principle diagram
Control cabinet components
88
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11015605 green 4250184120322
FSB-E12
Medium protection module for protecting leads and cables
in telecommunication, regulating and control systems.
Disturbances caused by interference due to atmospheric
conditions and discharges (thunderstorms) or interference
from power supply lines and switching processes in the system
itself can be limited to a value below 300 V using the FSB-E12.
To meet highest requirements, a staggered protection
consisting of gas-filled discharger and varistor connected
indirectly in parallel has been selected. The discharger is used
for coarse protection, the varistor for medium protection.
• Coarse protection
• Medium protection
Operating voltage 230 V AC
Operating current 3 A
Leakage current max. 8/20 µs 5 kA
Response time 100 ns
Transmission frequency 20 kHz, 50 Ohm
Back-up fuse 3 A
Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 75 x 100 mm
Weight 45 g
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Measuring and monitoring relays | Selective protection
Wiring/Circuit diagram
3
Control cabinet components
89
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11027205 green 230 V AC 4250184120971
11027210 green 24 V AC 4250184120988
EIW-C18
Monitoring of direct or alternating currents in live systems.
It is displayed whether the adjusted values are exceeded or not
reached, and a switching process is triggered. The integrated
7-segment display indicates the sources of the fault.
The current to be measured (AC or DC), an upper and a lower
threshold value, a response delay and the fault memory (ON or
OFF) can be adjusted manually on the device. The two current
measuring ranges can be selected by means of the terminal
blocks. Faults can be acknowledged directly on the device or
by means of an external contact.
Variants:
230 V AC or 24 V AC
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11027405 green 4250184120995
EUW-C18
Monitoring of direct or alternating voltages in live systems.
It is displayed whether the adjusted values are exceeded or not
reached, and a switching process is triggered. The integrated
7-segment display indicates the sources of the fault.
The voltage to be measured (AC or DC), two measuring ranges,
an upper and a lower threshold value, a response delay and
the fault memory (ON or OFF) can be adjusted manually on the
device. Faults can be acknowledged directly on the device or
by means of an external contact.
Operating voltage 230 V AC, 50 Hz
Operating voltage 24 V AC
Current consumption max. 15 mA
Current measuring input B1 - B3 0.01 A to 1 A
Current measuring input B2 - B3 0.1 A to 15 A
Response delay 0.1 to 9.9 s, adjustable
Output 2 changeover contacts
( DPST)
Output / switching voltage max. 250 V AC/DC
Output / continuous current max. 8 A
Mechanical endurance 3 x 107 switching cycles
Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles
Display / error Two 7-segment displays
Display Green and red LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 50 x 68 x 65 mm
Weight 200 g
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Operating voltage 230 V AC, 50 Hz
Current consumption max. 15 mA
Voltage measuring input B1 - B3 10 V to 300 V
Voltage measuring input B2 - B3 1 V to 100 V
Response delay 0.1 to 9.9 s, adjustable
Output / contact 2 changeover contacts
( DPST)
Output / switching voltage max. 250 V AC/DC
Output / continuous current max. 8 A
Mechanical endurance 3 x 107 switching cycles
Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles
Display / error Two 7-segment displays
Display Green and red LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 50 x 68 x 65 mm
Weight 200 g
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Measuring and monitoring relays | Current/Voltage Monitoring
Wiring Wiring
Matching accessory
for EIW-C18
Page 3
Control cabinet components
148
Current Converter TAmini
50/5 A
148
Current Converter TAmini
100/5 A
90
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11070013 green 24 V AC/DC 1 DPST 4250184123071
KRA-F8/21
Coupling devices are used to secure electrical isolation
between logic and load.
• Connection with spring-clamp terminal
• Additional terminals for jumper
• Test contacts for each terminal
• Safe separation
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11070613 green 24 V AC/DC 1 DPST 4250184123095
KRA-S-F8/21
Coupling devices are used to secure electrical isolation
between logic and load.
• Connection with spring-clamp terminal
• Additional terminals for jumper
• Test contacts for each terminal
• Safe separation
Operating voltage 24 V AC/DC
Current consumption approx. 13 mA
Output / contact 1 changeover contact
(SPST)
Output / contact material AgSnO2
Output / switching voltage 250 V AC/DC
Output / continuous current 8 A
Output / switching frequency 300 cycles/h
Response time approx. 10 ms
Release time approx. 5 ms
Mechanical endurance 2 x 107 switching cycles
Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles
Solid wire cross-section 0.08 mm2 - 2.5 mm2
Stranded wire without end sleeve 0.08 mm2 - 2.5 mm2
Stranded wire with end sleeve 0.08 mm2 - 1.5 mm2
Display Green LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 11.2 x 88 x 60 mm
Weight 43 g
Operating temperature range -20 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -25 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection of the housing IP20
Operating voltage (AC/DC) 24 V AC/DC
Power consumption: 24 V AC/DC approx. 13 mA
Output / contacts 1 changeover contact
(SPST)
Output / contact material AgSnO2
Output / switching voltage 250 V AC/DC
Output / continuous current 8 A
Output / switching frequency 300 cycles/h
Response time approx. 10 ms
Release time approx. 5 ms
Mechanical endurance 2 x 107 switching cycles
Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles
Solid wire cross-section 0.08 mm2 - 2.5 mm2
Stranded wire without end sleeve 0.08 mm2 - 2.5 mm2
Stranded wire with end sleeve 0.08 mm2 - 1.5 mm2
Display Green LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 11.2 x 88 x 60 mm
Weight 43 g
Operating temperature range -20 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -25 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection IP20
Interface modules | Electromechanic Coupling Modules
Matching accessory
for KRA-F8/21
Page
Matching accessory
for KRA-S-F8/21
Page
Wiring/Circuit diagram Wiring/Circuit diagram
149
Connecting bridge,
10 pole
149
Labeling plate
100
KRA-M8/21-21
149
Connecting bridge,
10 pole
149
Labeling plate
3
Control cabinet components
91
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11070813 green 24 V AC/DC 1 DPST 4250184123118
KRA-SR-F10/21
Coupling devices are used to secure electrical isolation
between logic and load.
• Connection with spring-clamp terminal
• Additional terminals for jumper
• Test contacts for each terminal
• Safe separation
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11071013 green 24 V AC/DC 1 DPST 4250184123132
KRA-SRA-F10/21
Coupling devices are used to secure electrical isolation
between logic and load.
• Connection with spring-clamp terminal
• Additional terminals for jumper
• Test contacts for each terminal
• Safe separation
Operating voltage (AC/DC) 24 V AC/DC
Power consumption: 24 V AC/DC approx. 13 mA
Output / contacts 1 changeover contact
(SPST)
Output / contact material AgSnO2
Output / switching voltage 250 V AC/DC
Output / continuous current 8 A
Output / switching frequency 300 cycles/h
Response time approx. 10 ms
Release time approx. 5 ms
Mechanical endurance 2 x 107 switching cycles
Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles
Solid wire cross-section 0.08 mm2 - 2.5 mm2
Stranded wire without end sleeve 0.08 mm2 - 2.5 mm2
Stranded wire with end sleeve 0.08 mm2 - 1.5 mm2
Display Green LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 11.2 x 88 x 60 mm
Weight 43 g
Operating temperature range -20 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -25 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection IP20
Operating voltage 24 V AC/DC
Current consumption approx. 13 mA
Outputs / contact 1 changeover contact
(SPST)
Output / contact material AgSnO2
Output / switching voltage 250 V AC/DC
Output / continuous current 8 A
Output / switching frequency 360 cycles/h
Response time approx. 10 ms
Release time approx. 5 ms
Mechanical endurance 1 x 107 switching cycles
Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles
Solid wire cross-section 0.08 mm2 - 2.5 mm2
Stranded wire without end sleeve 0.08 mm2 - 2.5 mm2
Stranded wire with end sleeve 0.08 mm2 - 1.5 mm2
Display Green, red and yellow LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 11.2 x 88 x 60 mm
Weight 43 g
Operating temperature range -20 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -25 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection of the housing IP20
A2
A1
A3
B1
S
B2
250 VAC
8A
2000 VA
12
14
11
A1
ON
AUTO
OFF A1
A3
0
GN
RD
YE
Interface modules | Electromechanic Coupling Modules
Matching accessory
for KRA-SR-F10/21
Page
Matching accessory
for KRA-SRA-F10/21
Page
3
Wiring/Circuit diagram Wiring/Circuit diagram
Control cabinet components
149
Connecting bridge,
10 pole
149
Labeling plate
149
Connecting bridge,
10 pole
149
Labeling plate
92
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11070213 green 24 V AC/DC 2 DPST 4250184123088
KRA-F10/21-21
Coupling devices are used to electrical isolation between logic
and load.
• Connection with spring-clamp terminal
• Additional terminals for jumper
• Test contacts for each terminal
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11070713 green 24 V AC/DC 2 DPST 4250184123101
KRA-S-F10/21-21
Coupling devices are used to electrical isolation between logic
and load.
• Connection with spring-clamp terminal
• Additional terminals for jumper
• Test contacts for each terminal
Operating voltage 24 V AC/DC
Current consumption approx. 13 mA
Outputs / contact 2 changeover contacts
( DPST)
Output / contact material AgSnO2
Output / switching voltage 250 V AC/DC
Output / continuous current 2 A
Output / switching frequency 300 cycles/h
Response time approx. 10 ms
Release time approx. 5 ms
Mechanical endurance 2 x 107 switching cycles
Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles
Solid wire cross-section 0.08 mm2 - 2.5 mm2
Stranded wire without end sleeve 0.08 mm2 - 2.5 mm2
Stranded wire with end sleeve 0.08 mm2 - 1.5 mm2
Display Green LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 11.2 x 88 x 60 mm
Weight 43 g
Operating temperature range -20 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -25 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection of the housing IP20
Operating voltage (AC/DC) 24 V AC/DC
Power consumption: 24 V AC/DC approx. 13 mA
Output / contacts 2 changeover contacts
( DPST)
Output / contact material AgPdAu
Output / switching voltage 250 V AC/DC
Output / continuous current 2 A
Output / switching frequency 300 cycles/h
Response time approx. 10 ms
Release time approx. 5 ms
Mechanical endurance 2 x 107 switching cycles
Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles
Solid wire cross-section 0.08 mm2 - 2.5 mm2
Stranded wire without end sleeve 0.08 mm2 - 2.5 mm2
Stranded wire with end sleeve 0.08 mm2 - 1.5 mm2
Display Green LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 11.2 x 88 x 60 mm
Weight 43 g
Operating temperature range -20 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -25 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection IP20
Interface modules | Electromechanic Coupling Modules
Matching accessory
for KRA-F10/21-21
Page
Matching accessory
for KRA-S-F10/21-21
Page
Wiring/Circuit diagram Wiring/Circuit diagram
149
Connecting bridge,
10 pole
149
Labeling plate
149
Connecting bridge,
10 pole
149
Labeling plate
3
Control cabinet components
93
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11065013 green 24 V AC/DC 1 SPST-NO 4250184122845
KRA-M4/1 LC
Coupling devices are used to secure electrical isolation
between logic and load.
• Connection with screw-type terminals
• Safe separation
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11061313 green 24 V AC/DC 1 SPST-NO 4250184122593
KRA-M4/1 | 24 V AC/DC
Coupling devices are used to secure electrical isolation
between logic and load.
• Connection with screw-type terminals
• Closed compact series
• Integrated protective circuit
• Safe separation
Operating voltage (AC/DC) 24 V AC/DC
Power consumption: 24 V AC/DC 13 mA
Output / contact 1 normally open contact
(SPST-NO)
Output / contact material AgNi
Output / switching voltage 250 V AC/DC
Output / continuous current 6 A
Output / switch-on current 8 A
Output / switching frequency 600 cycles/h
Response time 10 ms
Release time 5 ms
Mechanical endurance 2 x 107 switching cycles
Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles
Cross-section 2.5 mm2
Display Red LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 12.2 x 61.4 x 26.2 mm
Weight 40 g
Operating temperature range -20 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -25 °C to +70 °C
Operating voltage 24 V AC/DC
Current consumption approx. 13 mA
Output / contact 1 normally open contact
(SPST-NO)
Output / contact material AgNi
Output / switching voltage 250 V AC/DC
Output / continuous current 6 A
Output / switch-on current 8 A
Output / switching frequency 600 cycles/h
Response time 10 ms
Release time 5 ms
Mechanical endurance 2 x 107 switching cycles
Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles
Cross-section 2.5 mm2
Display Red LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 11.2 x 60 x 43 mm
Weight 45 g
Operating temperature range -20 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -25 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Interface modules | Electromechanic Coupling Modules
Matching accessory
for KRA-M4/1 LC
Page
Matching accessory
for KRA-M4/1 | 24 V AC/DC
Page
3
Wiring/Circuit diagram Wiring/Circuit diagram
Control cabinet components
150
Connecting bridge,
10 pole
151
Labeling plate white
150
Connecting bridge,
10 pole
151
Labeling plate white
94
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11061325 green 24 V DC 1 SPST-NO 4250184122609
KRA-M4/1 | 24 V DC
Coupling devices are used to secure electrical isolation
between logic and load.
• Connection with screw-type terminals
• Closed compact series
• Integrated protective circuit
• Safe separation
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11061305 green 230 V AC 1 SPST-NO 4250184122586
KRA-M4/1 | 230 V AC
Coupling devices are used to secure electrical isolation
between logic and load.
• Connection with screw-type terminals
• Closed compact series
• Integrated protective circuit
• Safe separation
Operating voltage 24 V DC
Current consumption approx. 13 mA
Output / contact 1 normally open contact
(SPST-NO)
Output / contact material AgNi
Output / switching voltage 250 V AC/DC
Output / continuous current 6 A
Output / switch-on current 8 A
Output / switching frequency 600 cycles/h
Response time 10 ms
Release time 5 ms
Mechanical endurance 2 x 107 switching cycles
Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles
Cross-section 2.5 mm2
Display Red LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 11.2 x 60 x 43 mm
Weight 45 g
Operating temperature range -20 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -25 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Operating voltage 230 V AC
Current consumption approx. 5 mA
Output / contact 1 normally open contact
(SPST-NO)
Output / contact material AgNi
Output / switching voltage 250 V AC/DC
Output / continuous current 6 A
Output / switch-on current 8 A
Output / switching frequency 600 cycles/h
Response time 10 ms
Release time 5 ms
Mechanical endurance 2 x 107 switching cycles
Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles
Cross-section 2.5 mm2
Display Red LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 11.2 x 60 x 43 mm
Weight 45 g
Operating temperature range -20 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -25 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Interface modules | Electromechanic Coupling Modules
Matching accessory
for KRA-M4/1 | 24 V DC
Page
Matching accessory
for KRA-M4/1 | 230 V AC
Page
Wiring/Circuit diagram Wiring/Circuit diagram
150
Connecting bridge,
10 pole
151
Labeling plate white
150
Connecting bridge,
10 pole
151
Labeling plate white
3
Control cabinet components
95
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11061613 green 24 V AC/DC 2 SPST-NO 4250184122678
KRA-M6/1-1 | 24 V AC/DC
Coupling devices are used to electrical isolation between logic
and load.
• Connection with screw-type terminals
• Closed compact series
• Integrated protective circuit
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11061605 green 230 V AC 2 SPST-NO 4250184122661
KRA-M6/1-1 | 230 V AC
Coupling devices are used to electrical isolation between logic
and load.
• Connection with screw-type terminals
• Closed compact series
• Integrated protective circuit
Operating voltage 24 V AC/DC
Current consumption 20 mA
Output / contacts 2 normally open contacts
(DPST-NO)
Output / contact material AgPd + 5 µ Au
Output / switching voltage 250 V AC/DC
Output / continuous current 1.5 A
Output / switch-on current 2 A
Output / switching frequency 360 cycles/h
Response time 10 ms
Release time 15 ms
Mechanical endurance 2 x 107 switching cycles
Electrical endurance 2 x 105 switching cycles
Cross-section 2.5 mm2
Display Red LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 11.2 x 60 x 60 mm
Weight 45 g
Operating temperature range -20 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -25 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Operating voltage 230 V AC
Current consumption 5 mA
Output / contacts 2 normally open contacts
(DPST-NO)
Output / contact material AgPd + 5 µ Au
Output / switching voltage 250 V AC/DC
Output / continuous current 1.5 A
Output / switch-on current 2 A
Output / switching frequency 360 cycles/h
Response time 10 ms
Release time 15 ms
Mechanical endurance 2 x 107 switching cycles
Electrical endurance 2 x 105 switching cycles
Cross-section 2.5 mm2
Display Red LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 11.2 x 60 x 60 mm
Weight 45 g
Operating temperature range -20 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -25 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Interface modules | Electromechanic Coupling Modules
Matching accessory
for KRA-M6/1-1 | 24 V AC/ DC
Page
Matching accessory
for KRA-M6/1-1 | 230 V AC
Page
3
Wiring/Circuit diagram Wiring/Circuit diagram
Control cabinet components
150
Connecting bridge,
10 pole
151
Labeling plate white
150
Connecting bridge,
10 pole
151
Labeling plate white
96
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11061713 green 24 V AC/DC 1 SPST-NO,
1 SPST-NC
4250184122692
KRA-M6/1-2 | 24 V AC/DC
Coupling devices are used to electrical isolation between logic
and load.
• Connection with screw-type terminals
• Closed compact series
• Integrated protective circuit
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11061705 green 230 V AC 1 SPST-NO,
1 SPST-NC
4250184122685
KRA-M6/1-2 | 230 V AC
Coupling devices are used to electrical isolation between logic
and load.
• Connection with screw-type terminals
• Closed compact series
• Integrated protective circuit
Operating voltage 24 V AC/DC
Current consumption 20 mA
Output / contacts 1 normally open contact
(SPST-NO)
Output / contacts 1 normally closed contact
(SPST-NC)
Output / contact material AgPd + 5 µ Au
Output / switching voltage 250 V AC/DC
Output / continuous current 1.5 A
Output / switch-on current 2 A
Output / switching frequency 360 cycles/h
Response time 10 ms
Release time AC 15 ms
Release time DC 5 ms
Mechanical endurance 2 x 107 switching cycles
Electrical endurance 2 x 105 switching cycles
Cross-section 2.5 mm2
Display Red LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 11.2 x 60 x 60 mm
Weight 45 g
Operating temperature range -20 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -25 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Operating voltage 230 V AC
Current consumption 5 mA
Output / contacts 1 normally open contact
(SPST-NO)
Output / contacts 1 normally closed contact
(SPST-NC)
Output / contact material AgPd + 5 µ Au
Output / switching voltage 250 V AC/DC
Output / continuous current 1.5 A
Output / switch-on current 2 A
Output / switching frequency 360 cycles/h
Response time 10 ms
Release time AC 15 ms
Release time DC 5 ms
Mechanical endurance 2 x 107 switching cycles
Electrical endurance 2 x 105 switching cycles
Cross-section 2.5 mm2
Display Red LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 11.2 x 60 x 60 mm
Weight 45 g
Operating temperature range -20 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -25 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Interface modules | Electromechanic Coupling Modules
Matching accessory
for KRA-M6/1-2 | 24 V AC/ DC
Page
Matching accessory
for KRA-M6/1-2 | 230 V AC
Page
Wiring/Circuit diagram Wiring/Circuit diagram
150
Connecting bridge,
10 pole
151
Labeling plate white
150
Connecting bridge,
10 pole
151
Labeling plate white
3
Control cabinet components
97
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11061513 green 24 V AC/DC 1 DPST 4250184122630
11061550 green 12 V AC/DC 1 DPST 4250184122654
KRA-M6/21 | AC/DC
Coupling devices are used to secure electrical isolation
between logic and load.
• Connection with screw-type terminals
• Closed compact series
• Integrated protective circuit
• Safe separation
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11061525 green 24 V DC 1 DPST 4250184122647
KRA-M6/21 | 24 V DC
Coupling devices are used to secure electrical isolation
between logic and load.
• Connection with screw-type terminals
• Closed compact series
• Integrated protective circuit
• Safe separation
Operating voltage 12 V or 24 V AC/DC
Power consumption: 12 V AC/DC 20 mA
Power consumption: 24 V AC/DC 13 mA
Output / contacts 1 changeover contact
(SPST)
Output / contact material AgNi
Output / switching voltage 250 V AC/DC
Output / continuous current 6 A
Output / switch-on current 8 A
Output / switching frequency 600 cycles/h
Response time 10 ms
Release time 5 ms
Mechanical endurance 2 x 107 switching cycles
Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles
Cross-section 2.5 mm2
Display Red LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 11.2 x 60 x 60 mm
Weight 45 g
Operating temperature range -20 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -25 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Operating voltage 24 V DC
Current consumption 13 mA
Output / contacts 1 changeover contact
(SPST)
Output / contact material AgNi
Output / switching voltage 250 V AC/DC
Output / continuous current 6 A
Output / switch-on current 8 A
Output / switching frequency 600 cycles/h
Response time 10 ms
Release time 5 ms
Mechanical endurance 2 x 107 switching cycles
Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles
Cross-section 2.5 mm2
Display Red LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 11.2 x 60 x 60 mm
Weight 45 g
Operating temperature range -20 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -25 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Interface modules | Electromechanic Coupling Modules
Matching accessory
for KRA-M6/21 | AC/DC
Page
Matching accessory
for KRA-M6/21 | 24 V DC
Page
3
Wiring/Circuit diagram Wiring/Circuit diagram
Control cabinet components
150
Connecting bridge,
10 pole
151
Labeling plate white
150
Connecting bridge,
10 pole
151
Labeling plate white
98
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11061505 green 230 V AC 1 DPST 4250184122623
KRA-M6/21 | 230 V AC
Coupling devices are used to secure electrical isolation
between logic and load.
• Connection with screw-type terminals
• Closed compact series
• Integrated protective circuit
• Safe separation
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11061213 green 24 V AC/DC 1 DPST 4250184122579
KRA-S-M6/21
Coupling devices are used to electrical isolation between logic
and load.
• Connection with screw-type terminals
• Closed compact series
• Integrated protective circuit
Operating voltage 230 V AC
Current consumption 5 mA
Output / contacts 1 changeover contact
(SPST)
Output / contact material AgNi
Output / switching voltage 250 V AC/DC
Output / continuous current 6 A
Output / switch-on current 8 A
Output / switching frequency 600 cycles/h
Response time 10 ms
Release time 5 ms
Mechanical endurance 2 x 107 switching cycles
Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles
Cross-section 2.5 mm2
Display Red LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 11.2 x 60 x 60 mm
Weight 45 g
Operating temperature range -20 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -25 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Operating voltage (AC/DC) 24 V AC/DC
Power consumption: 24 V AC/DC 13 mA
Output / contacts 1 changeover contact
(SPST)
Output / contact material AgNi
Output / switching voltage 250 V AC/DC
Output / continuous current 6 A
Output / switch-on current 8 A
Output / switching frequency 600 cycles/h
Response time 10 ms
Release time 5 ms
Mechanical endurance 2 x 107 switching cycles
Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles
Cross-section 2.5 mm2
Display Red LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 11.2 x 60 x 60 mm
Weight 45 g
Operating temperature range -20 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -25 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Interface modules | Electromechanic Coupling Modules
Matching accessory
for KRA-M6/21 | 230 V AC
Page
Matching accessory
for KRA-S-M6/21
Page
Wiring/Circuit diagram Wiring/Circuit diagram
150
Connecting bridge,
10 pole
151
Labeling plate white
150
Connecting bridge,
10 pole
151
Labeling plate white
3
Control cabinet components
99
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11064513 green 24 V AC/DC 1 DPST 4250184122838
KRA-SR-M8/21
Coupling devices are used to electrical isolation between logic
and load.
• Connection with screw-type terminals
• Closed compact series
• Integrated protective circuit
• with manual control level
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11061913 green 24 V AC/DC 2 DPST 4250184122715
11061950 green 12 V AC/DC 2 DPST 4250184122739
KRA-M8/21-21 | AC/DC
Coupling devices are used to secure electrical isolation
between logic and load.
• Connection with screw-type terminals
• Closed compact series
• Integrated protective circuit
Operating voltage (AC/DC) 24 V AC/DC
Power consumption: 24 V AC/DC 13 mA
Output / contacts 1 changeover contact
(SPST)
Output / contact material AgNi
Output / switching voltage 250 V AC/DC
Output / continuous current 6 A
Output / switch-on current 8 A
Output / switching frequency 600 cycles/h
Response time 10 ms
Release time 5 ms
Mechanical endurance 2 x 107 switching cycles
Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles
Cross-section 2.5 mm2
Display Red LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 11.2 x 60 x 60 mm
Weight 45 g
Operating temperature range -20 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -25 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Operating voltage 12 V or 24 V AC/DC
Current consumption 20 mA
Output / contacts 2 changeover contacts
( DPST)
Output / contact material AgPd + 5 µ Au
Output / switching voltage 250 V AC/DC
Output / continuous current 1.5 A
Output / switch-on current 2 A
Output / switching frequency 360 cycles/h
Response time 10 ms
Release time AC 15 ms
Release time DC 5 ms
Mechanical endurance 2 x 107 switching cycles
Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles
Cross-section 2.5 mm2
Display Red LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 11.2 x 60 x 60 mm
Weight 45 g
Operating temperature range -20 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -25 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Interface modules | Electromechanic Coupling Modules
Matching accessory
for KRA-SR-M8/21
Page
Matching accessory
for KRA-M8/21-21 | AC/DC
Page
3
12 22
11
14 24
21
12V+24VAC/DC
A1
A2
Wiring/Circuit diagram
Control cabinet components
150
Connecting bridge,
10 pole
151
Labeling plate white
150
Connecting bridge,
10 pole
151
Labeling plate white
Wiring/Circuit diagram
100
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11061925 green 24 V DC 2 DPST 4250184122722
KRA-M8/21-21 | 24 V DC
Coupling devices are used to electrical isolation between logic
and load.
• Connection with screw-type terminals
• Closed compact series
• Integrated protective circuit
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11061905 green 230 V AC 2 DPST 4250184122708
KRA-M8/21-21 | 230 V AC
Coupling devices are used to electrical isolation between logic
and load.
• Connection with screw-type terminals
• Closed compact series
• Integrated protective circuit
Operating voltage 24 V DC
Current consumption 17 mA
Output / contacts 2 changeover contacts
( DPST)
Output / contact material AgPd + 5 µ Au
Output / switching voltage 250 V AC/DC
Output / continuous current 1.5 A
Output / switch-on current 2 A
Output / switching frequency 360 cycles/h
Response time 10 ms
Release time AC 15 ms
Release time DC 5 ms
Mechanical endurance 2 x 107 switching cycles
Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles
Cross-section 2.5 mm2
Display Red LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 11.2 x 60 x 60 mm
Weight 45 g
Operating temperature range -20 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -25 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Operating voltage 230 V AC
Current consumption 5 mA
Output / contacts 2 changeover contacts
( DPST)
Output / contact material AgPd + 5 µ Au
Output / switching voltage 250 V AC/DC
Output / continuous current 1.5 A
Output / switch-on current 2 A
Output / switching frequency 360 cycles/h
Response time 10 ms
Release time AC 15 ms
Release time DC 5 ms
Mechanical endurance 2 x 107 switching cycles
Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles
Cross-section 2.5 mm2
Display Red LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 11.2 x 60 x 60 mm
Weight 45 g
Operating temperature range -20 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -25 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Interface modules | Electromechanic Coupling Modules
Matching accessory
for KRA-M8/21-21 | 24 V DC
Page
KRA-M8/21-21 | 24 V DC is
matching accessory for
Page
Wiring/Circuit diagram Wiring/Circuit diagram
150
Connecting bridge,
10 pole
151
Labeling plate white
90
KRA-S-F8/21 |
1 changeover contact
(SPST) | 24 V AC/DC
3
Control cabinet components
101
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11060913 green 24 V AC/DC 3 SPST 4250184122555
KRA-S12/21-21-21
Coupling devices are used to electrical isolation between logic
and load.
• Connection with screw-type terminals
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11050425 black 24 V DC 1 DPST 4250184153306
RM21 | 24 V DC
Relay modules are used to electrical isolation between logic
and load.
• Connection with screw-type terminals
• Pluggable relay
• With labeling field
Operating voltage (AC/DC) 24 V AC/DC
Power consumption: 24 V AC/DC 50 mA
Output / contacts 3 changeover contacts
(3PST)
Output / contact material AgNi
Output / switching voltage 250 V AC/DC
Output / continuous current 6 A
Output / switch-on current 8 A
Output / switching frequency 360 cycles/h
Response time 10 ms
Release time 5 ms
Mechanical endurance 2 x 107 switching cycles
Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles
Cross-section 2.5 mm2
Display Red LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 75 x 100 mm
Weight 140 g
Operating temperature range -20 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -25 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Operating voltage 24 V DC
Current consumption 17 mA
Output / contacts 1 changeover contact
(SPST)
Output / contact material AgNi 90/10
Output / switching voltage 250 V AC
Output / continuous current 12 A
Output / switching frequency 360 cycles/h
Mechanical endurance 1 x 107 switching cycles
Electrical endurance 1 x 106 switching cycles
Cross-section 2 x 2.5 mm2
Display Red LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 15.5 x 75 x 65 mm
Weight 95 g
Operating temperature range -20 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -25 °C to +70 °C
Interface modules | Electromechanic Coupling Modules
3
Wiring/Circuit diagram Wiring/Circuit diagram
Control cabinet components
102
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11050410 black 24 V AC 1 DPST 4250184153290
11050405 black 230 V AC 1 DPST 4250184153283
RM21 | AC
Relay modules are used to electrical isolation between logic
and load.
• Connection with screw-type terminals
• Pluggable relay
• With labeling field
• Variants: 24 V AC or 230 V AC
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11050725 black 24 V DC 2 DPST 4250184122272
RM21-21 | 24 V DC
Relay modules are used to electrical isolation between logic
and load.
• Connection with screw-type terminals
• Pluggable relay
• With labeling field
Operating voltage AC 24 V or 230 V AC
Current consumption 24 V AC 32 mA
Current consumption 230 V AC 3.3 mA
Output / contacts 1 changeover contact
(SPST)
Output / contact material AgNi 90/10
Output / switching voltage 250 V AC
Output / continuous current 12 A
Output / switching frequency 360 cycles/h
Mechanical endurance 1 x 107 switching cycles
Electrical endurance 1 x 106 switching cycles
Cross-section 2 x 2.5 mm2
Display Red LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 15.5 x 75 x 65 mm
Weight 95 g
Operating temperature range -20 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -25 °C to +70 °C
Operating voltage 24 V DC
Current consumption 17 mA
Output / contacts 2 changeover contacts
( DPST)
Output / contact material AgNi 90/10
Output / switching voltage 250 V AC
Output / continuous current 8 A
Output / switching frequency 360 cycles/h
Mechanical endurance 5 x 106 switching cycles
Electrical endurance 1 x 106 switching cycles
Cross-section 2 x 2.5 mm2
Display Red LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 15.5 x 75 x 65 mm
Weight 95 g
Operating temperature range -20 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -25 °C to +70 °C
Interface modules | Electromechanic Coupling Modules
Matching accessory
for RM21-21 | 24 V DC
Page
Wiring/Circuit diagram Wiring/Circuit diagram
152
RC Module 230 V AC
152
RC Module 24 V AC
3
Control cabinet components
103
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11050705 black 230 V AC 2 DPST 4250184122258
11050710 black 24 V AC 2 DPST 4250184122265
RM21-21 | AC
Relay modules are used to electrical isolation between logic
and load.
• Connection with screw-type terminals
• Pluggable relay
• With labeling field
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11051025 black 24 V DC 2 DPST 4250184122333
RM3-2W | 24 V DC
Relay modules are used to electrical isolation between logic
and load.
• Connection with screw-type terminals
• Pluggable relay
• With labeling field
Operating voltage AC 24 V or 230 V AC
Current consumption 24 V AC 32 mA
Current consumption 230 V AC 3.3 mA
Output / contacts 2 changeover contacts
( DPST)
Output / contact material AgNi 90/10
Output / switching voltage 250 V AC
Output / continuous current 8 A
Output / switching frequency 360 cycles/h
Mechanical endurance 5 x 106 switching cycles
Electrical endurance 1 x 106 switching cycles
Cross-section 2 x 2.5 mm2
Display Red LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 15.5 x 75 x 65 mm
Weight 95 g
Operating temperature range -20 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -25 °C to +70 °C
Operating voltage 24 V DC
Current consumption 17 mA
Output / contacts 2 changeover contacts
( DPST)
Output / contact material AgNi
Output / switching voltage 250 V AC
Output / continuous current 8 A
Output / switching frequency 360 cycles/h
Mechanical endurance 5 x 106 switching cycles
Electrical endurance 1 x 106 switching cycles
Cross-section 2 x 2.5 mm2
Display Red LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 15.5 x 75 x 65 mm
Weight 95 g
Operating temperature range -20 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -25 °C to +70 °C
Interface modules | Electromechanic Coupling Modules
Matching accessory
for RM21-21 | AC
Page
Matching accessory
for RM3-2W | 24 V DC
Page
3
Wiring/Circuit diagram Wiring/Circuit diagram
Control cabinet components
152
RC Module 230 V AC
152
RC Module 24 V AC
152
RC Module 230 V AC
152
RC Module 24 V AC
104
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11051005 black 230 V AC 2 DPST 4250184122319
11051010 black 24 V AC 2 DPST 4250184122326
RM3-2W | AC
Relay modules are used to electrical isolation between logic
and load.
• Connection with screw-type terminals
• Pluggable relay
• With labeling field
Operating voltage AC 24 V or 230 V AC
Current consumption 24 V AC 32 mA
Current consumption 230 V AC 3.3 mA
Output / contacts 2 changeover contacts
( DPST)
Output / contact material AgNi
Output / switching voltage 250 V AC
Output / continuous current 8 A
Output / switching frequency 360 cycles/h
Mechanical endurance 5 x 106 switching cycles
Electrical endurance 1 x 106 switching cycles
Cross-section 2 x 2.5 mm2
Display Red LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 15.5 x 75 x 65 mm
Weight 95 g
Operating temperature range -20 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -25 °C to +70 °C
Interface modules | Electromechanic Coupling Modules
Matching accessory
for RM3-2W | AC
Page
Wiring/Circuit diagram
152
RC Module 230 V AC
152
RC Module 24 V AC
3
Control cabinet components
105
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
1106302517 green 4250184122777
KRE-M4/1 DC
Transistor couplers are used for switching DC loads.
• Connection with screw-type terminals
• Protective diode
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
1106312518 green 4250184122784
KRE-M4/1 AC
Triac couplers are used for switching AC loads.
• Connection with screw-type terminals
• Zero point switch
• RC element
Input / operating voltage 24 V DC
Input / power consumption 10 mA
Output / switching voltage 4 to 48 V DC
Output / continuous current 0.8 A
Output / current pulse 2 A / 1 s
Cross-section 2.5 mm
Display Green LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 11.2 x 60 x 43 mm
Weight 35 g
Operating temperature range 0 °C to +50 °C
Storage temperature range -10 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Input / operating voltage 24 V DC
Input / power consumption 10 mA
Output / switching voltage 26 to 250 V AC
Output / continuous current 0.8 A
Output / current pulse 2 A / 1 s
Cross-section 2.5 mm²
Display Green LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 11.2 x 60 x 43 mm
Weight 35 g
Operating temperature range 0 °C to +50 °C
Storage temperature range -10 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Interface modules | Semi-Conductor Coupling Modules
3
Wiring/Circuit diagram Wiring/Circuit diagram
Control cabinet components
106
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110730 green 24 V AC/DC 0 - 10 V 4250184123224
KMA-F8
The analog encoder is used as encoder for manual control
variable definition, e.g. mixing valves, valve positions,
temperature values, etc. The module can be operated in three
modes, which can be commuted by means of integrated three-
level switches (ON, OFF, automatic). The switch position is
signalized by external control contact terminals B1 and B2. The
control variable can be set on the potentiometer at the front.
The output signal 0 to 10 V is available on the Y terminal. If
the switch is in "AUTO" position, the control variable is looped
through over the YR terminal to the Y output without change.
• Setpoint device
• Manual control level with checkback
• LED brightness proportional to control variable
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110731 green 24 V AC/DC 0 - 20 mA 4250184123231
KMAi-F8
The analog encoder KMAi-F8 is used as encoder for manual
control variable definition, e.g. mixing valves, valve positions,
temperature values, etc. The module can be operated in three
modes, which can be commuted by means of integrated three-
level switches (ON, OFF, automatic). The switch position is
signalized by external control contact terminals B1 and B2. The
control variable can be set on the potentiometer at the front.
The output signal 0 to 20mA is available on the Y terminal. If
the switch is in "AUTO" position, the control variable is looped
through over the YR terminal to the Y output without change.
• Setpoint device
• Manual control level with checkback
• LED brightness proportional to control variable
Input / operating voltage 24 V AC/DC
Input / power consumption AC 30 mA
Input / power consumption DC 19 mA
Input / voltage 0 V to 10 V DC
Output / voltage 0 V to 10 V DC
Display Red LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 11.2 x 88 x 60 mm
Weight 43 g
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Input / operating voltage 24 V AC/DC
Input / power consumption AC 30 mA
Input / power consumption DC 19 mA
Input / voltage 0 V to 20 mA DC
Output / voltage 0 V to 20 mA DC
Display Red LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 11.2 x 88 x 60 mm
Weight 43 g
Operating temperature range -5 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Interface modules | Analog data encoder
Matching accessory
for KMA-F8
Page
Matching accessory
for KMAi-F8
Page
Wiring/Circuit diagram Wiring/Circuit diagram
149
Connecting bridge,
10 pole
150
Labeling plate for KMA-F8
149
Connecting bridge,
10 pole
150
Labeling plate for KMA-F8
3
Control cabinet components
107
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110660 green 24 V AC/DC 0 - 10 V 4250184122937
KMA-E08
The analog encoder is used as encoder for manual control
variable definition, e.g. mixing valves, valve positions,
temperature values, etc. The module can be operated in two
modes, which can be commuted by means of integrated two-
level switches (manual, automatic). The switch position is
signalized by external control contact terminals S1 and S2. The
control variable can be set on the potentiometer at the front.
The output signal 0 to 10 V is available on the Y terminal. If
the switch is in "AUTO" position, the control variable is looped
through over the YR terminal to the Y output without change.
• Setpoint device
• Manual control level with checkback
• LED brightness proportional to control variable
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110659 green 24 V AC/DC 0 - 20 mA 4250184122920
KMAi-E08
The analog encoder is used as encoder for manual control
variable definition, e.g. mixing valves, valve positions,
temperature values, etc. The module can be operated in two
modes, which can be commuted by means of integrated two-
level switches (manual, automatic). The switch position is
signalized by external control contact terminals S1 and S2. The
control variable can be set on the potentiometer at the front.
The output signal 0 to 20 mA is available on the Y terminal.
The control variable is looped through over the YR terminal to
the Y output without change.
• Setpoint device
• Manual control level with checkback
• LED brightness proportional to control variable
Input / operating voltage 24 V AC/DC
Input / power consumption AC 24 mA
Input / power consumption DC 19 mA
Input / voltage 0 V to 10 V DC
Output / voltage 0 V to 10 V DC
Display Red LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 60 x 60 mm
Weight 70 g
Operating temperature range -10 °C to +50 °C
Storage temperature range -25 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Input / operating voltage 24 V AC/DC
Input / power consumption AC 50 mA
Input / power consumption DC 30 mA
Input / current 0 V to 20 mA DC
Output / current 0 V to 20 mA DC
Display Red LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 60 x 60 mm
Weight 70 g
Operating temperature range -10 °C to +50 °C
Storage temperature range -25 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Interface modules | Analog data encoder
3
Wiring/Circuit diagram Wiring/Circuit diagram
Control cabinet components
108
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110720 green 250 V AC/DC 4250184123187
PV10 F10
The potential distributor distributes the potential of up to 10
lines on the top hat rail.
• Potential distributor
• Connection with spring-clamp terminal
• Test contacts for each terminal
Operating voltage 250 V AC/DC
Total current 16 A AC/DC
Solid wire cross-section 0.08 mm2 - 2.5 mm2
Stranded wire without end sleeve 0.08 mm2 - 2.5 mm2
Stranded wire with end sleeve 0.08 mm2 - 1.5 mm2
Dimensions (W x H x D) 11.2 x 88 x 60 mm
Weight 30 g
Operating temperature range -20 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -25 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection IP20
Interface modules | Potential distributor
Matching accessory
for PV10 F10
Page
Wiring/Circuit diagram
149
Labeling plate
3
Control cabinet components
109
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110668132722 green switchover 0-1-2 4250184122982
KRZ-E08 HR
The coupling module is designed for two-level motor control.
• Interlocked relays
• Manual control level
• Connection with screw-type terminals
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110676132722 green switchover 1-0-2 4250184123057
KRZ-E08/HR2
The coupling module is designed for three-point motor
control.
• Interlocked relays
• Manual control level
• Connection with screw-type terminals
Operating voltage 24 V AC/DC
Power consumption: 24 V AC/DC 30 mA
Output / contacts 1 changeover contact
(SPST)
Output / contact material AgNi
Output / switching voltage 250 V AC/DC
Output / continuous current 4 A
Output / switch-on current 6 A
Output / switching frequency 1200 cycles/h
Response time 20 ms
Release time AC/DC 20 ms
Mechanical endurance 1 x 107 switching cycles
Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles
Cross-section 2.5 mm2
Display 2 red LEDs
Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 60 x 60 mm
Weight 70 g
Operating temperature range -20 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -25 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Operating voltage 24 V AC/DC
Power consumption: 24 V AC/DC 30 mA
Output / contacts 1 changeover contact
(SPST)
Output / contact material AgNi
Output / switching voltage 250 V AC/DC
Output / continuous current 4 A
Output / switch-on current 6 A
Output / switching frequency 1200 cycles/h
Response time 20 ms
Release time AC/DC 20 ms
Mechanical endurance 1 x 107 switching cycles
Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles
Cross-section 2.5 mm2
Display 2 red LEDs
Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 60 x 60 mm
Weight 70 g
Operating temperature range -20 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -25 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Interface modules | Motor control (two-stage + three-stage)
Wiring Wiring
3
Control cabinet components
110
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11051813 green 24 V AC/DC 1 DPST 4250184122388
110518 green 230 V AC 1 DPST 4250184122371
SMM-E16
The annunciator module can indicate to 10 incoming messages
by means of a relay. The relay is activated as soon as a voltage
is applied to min. one of the 10 inputs. The supply voltage has
to be applied continuously to the terminals L1 - N. Several
modules with the same voltage can be grouped over the input/
output "S". As soon as one relay of the modules is activated, all
other relays of the modules operated in parallel are activated.
• Cascade connection of the devices possible
• 10 signal inputs
• Connection with screw-type terminals
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110520 green 4250184122395
STM-C12
When a fault message is applied, an alarm signal, a flashing
signal and a horn relay are activated. The horn relay can be
switched off by means of the incorporated pushbutton or an
externally applied signal. An active alarm signal is shown as
long as it is applied.
• Acknowledgeable horn output
• Connection with screw-type terminals
Operating voltage 24 V AC/DC, 230 V AC/DC
Power consumption: 24 V AC/DC 20 mA
Power consumption: 230 V AC/ DC 20 mA
Output / contact 1 changeover contact (SPST)
Output / contact material AgNi
Output / switching voltage 250 V
Output / continuous current 4 A
Output / switching frequency 1200 cycles/h
Response time 10 ms
Release time 5 ms
Mechanical endurance 1 x 107 switching cycles
Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles
Cross-section 2.5 mm2
Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 60 x 60 mm
Weight 70 g
Operating temperature range -10 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -25 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Operating voltage 24 V AC/DC, 230 V AC/DC
Current consumption less than 60 mA
Output / contact 3 relay outputs
Output / contact material AgNi
Output / switching voltage 250 V
Output / continuous current 4 A
Output / switching frequency 360 cycles/h
Mechanical endurance 1 x 107 switching cycles
Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles
Cross-section 2.5 mm2
Display Yellow LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 68 x 60 mm
Weight 70 g
Operating temperature range 0 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -25 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Interface modules | Annunciator modules
Wiring/Circuit diagram Wiring/Circuit diagram
3
Control cabinet components
111
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110280 green 4250184121022
LTM-E16
The lamp test module combines several functions in one
module (individual and collective messages and lamp test).
The incoming fault messages are applied to the inputs (1, 3, 5,
7, 9, 11, 13). The signal lamps are connected to the outputs
(2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14). When there is a message at an input,
the belonging signal lamp lights up. At the same time, a signal
is transmitted to the SA output. When a signal is applied to the
SE input, all signal lamps light up without a signal being
transmitted to the SA output. Please do not use it for 230 V
LEDs! (capacitor power supply units)
• For 7 lamps
• Output for collective message
• Input for lamp test
• Connection with screw-type terminals
Input / voltage 250 V AC/DC
Input / cut-off voltage 1000 V
Input / cut-off current 30 µA at 75 °C
Input / forward current 1 A
Total current through all diodes max. 3.5 A
Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 60 x 60 mm
Weight 100 g
Operating temperature range -20 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -25 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Interface modules | Annunciator modules
3
Wiring/Circuit diagram
Control cabinet components
112
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110661 green 2.5 V off 3 V on with manual
control
4250184122944
KRS-E06 - manual control
The threshold gate switches units, pumps, fans, burners, etc.
As soon as the input voltage reaches the switching threshold,
the relay is activated. When the input voltage falls below the
switch-off threshold, the relay is released again.
• With manual control level
• Connection with screw-type terminals
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110655 green 2.5 V off 3 V on w/o manual
control
4250184122852
KRS-E06
The threshold gate switches units, pumps, fans, burners, etc.
As soon as the input voltage reaches the switching threshold,
the relay is activated. When the input voltage falls below the
switch-off threshold, the relay is released again.
• Connection with screw-type terminals
Operating voltage 24 V AC/DC
Current consumption 24 V AC 80 mA
Current consumption 24 V DC 16 mA
Threshold voltage 3.0 V DC
Switch-off voltage 2.5 V DC
Output / voltage 250 V AC
Output / contact 1 changeover contact (SPST)
Output / contact material AgNi
Output / continuous current 6 A
Output / switching frequency 1200 cycles/h
Mechanical endurance 1 x 107 switching cycles
Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles
Display Yellow LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 17.5 x 60 x 60 mm
Weight 70 g
Operating temperature range -10 °C to +50 °C
Storage temperature range -25 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Operating voltage 24 V AC/DC
Current consumption 24 V AC 80 mA
Current consumption 24 V DC 16 mA
Threshold voltage 3.0 V DC
Switch-off voltage 2.5 V DC
Output / voltage 250 V AC
Output / contact 1 changeover contact (SPST)
Output / contact material AgNi
Output / continuous current 6 A
Output / switching frequency 1200 cycles/h
Mechanical endurance 1 x 107 switching cycles
Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles
Display Yellow LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 17.5 x 60 x 60 mm
Weight 70 g
Operating temperature range -10 °C to +50 °C
Storage temperature range -25 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Interface modules | Threshold control
Wiring/Circuit diagram Wiring/Circuit diagram
3
Control cabinet components
113
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110667 green 2.5 V off 3 V on 1 DPST 4250184122975
KRS-E08 HR
The threshold gate switches units, pumps, fans, burners, etc.
As soon as the input voltage reaches the switching threshold,
the relay is activated. When the input voltage falls below the
switch-off threshold, the relay is released again.
• With manual control level
• Connection with screw-type terminals
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110666 green selectable 1 DPST 4250184122968
KRS-E08 HRP
The threshold gate switches units, pumps, fans, burners, etc.
As soon as the input voltage reaches the switching threshold,
the relay is activated. When the input voltage falls below the
switch-off threshold, the relay is released again.
• With manual control level
• Adjustable switch-on voltage and hysteresis
• Connection with screw-type terminals
Operating voltage 24 V AC/DC
Current consumption 24 V AC 80 mA
Current consumption 24 V DC 16 mA
Threshold voltage 3.0 V DC
Switch-off voltage 2.5 V DC
Output / voltage 250 V AC
Output / contact 1 changeover contact (SPST)
Output / contact material AgNi
Output / continuous current 6 A
Output / switching frequency 1200 cycles/h
Mechanical endurance 1 x 107 switching cycles
Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles
Display Yellow LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 60 x 60 mm
Weight 70 g
Operating temperature range -10 °C to +50 °C
Storage temperature range -25 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Operating voltage 24 V AC/DC
Current consumption 24 V AC 80 mA
Current consumption 24 V DC 20 mA
Adjustable threshold voltage 1 to 10 V DC
Adjustable hysteresis 5 to 75 %
Switch-off voltage 2.5 V DC
Output / voltage 250 V AC
Output / contact 1 changeover contact (SPST)
Output / contact material AgNi
Output / continuous current 6 A
Output / switching frequency 1200 cycles/h
Mechanical endurance 1 x 107 switching cycles
Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles
Display Green LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 60 x 60 mm
Weight 70 g
Operating temperature range -10 °C to +50 °C
Storage temperature range -25 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Interface modules | Threshold control
3
Wiring/Circuit diagram Wiring/Circuit diagram
Control cabinet components
114
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110673 green 2.5 V, 7 V off 3 V, 7.5 V on 4250184123002
KRS-E08 3
The threshold gate switches units, pumps, fans, burners, etc.
As soon as the input voltage reaches the switching threshold,
the relay is activated. When the input voltage falls below the
switch-off threshold, the relay is released again. The module
is designed for a two-level control by means of an analog 0
to 10 V DC control signal.
• Control signal 0 V DC = Level 1 active
• Control signal 5 V DC = No level is active (OFF)
• Control signal 10 V DC = Level 2 active
• Connection with screw-type terminals
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110672 green 2.5 V, 7 V off 3 V, 7.5 V on 4250184122999
KRS1-E08 HR3
The threshold gate switches units, pumps, fans, burners, etc.
As soon as the input voltage reaches the switching threshold,
the relay is activated. When the input voltage falls below the
switch-off threshold, the relay is released again. The module
is designed for a two-level control by means of an analog 0
to 10 V DC control signal.
• Control signal 0 V DC = No level is active (OFF)
• Control signal 5 V DC = Level 1 active
• Control signal 10 V DC = Level 1 and Level 2 active
• With manual control level
• Connection with screw-type terminals
Operating voltage 24 V AC/DC
Current consumption 24 V AC 100 mA
Current consumption 24 V DC 35 mA
Output / voltage 250 V AC
Output / contact 1 changeover contact (SPST)
Output / contact material AgNi
Output / continuous current 4 A
Output / switching frequency 1200 cycles/h
Mechanical endurance 1 x 107 switching cycles
Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles
Display Yellow and red LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 60 x 60 mm
Weight 70 g
Operating temperature range -10 °C to +50 °C
Storage temperature range -25 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Operating voltage 24 V AC/DC
Current consumption 24 V AC 100 mA
Current consumption 24 V DC 35 mA
Output / voltage 250 V AC
Output / contact 2 levels with 0 position
Output / contact material AgNi
Output / continuous current 4 A
Output / switching frequency 1200 cycles/h
Mechanical endurance 1 x 107 switching cycles
Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles
Display Yellow and red LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 60 x 60 mm
Weight 70 g
Operating temperature range -10 °C to +50 °C
Storage temperature range -25 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Interface modules | Threshold control
Wiring/Circuit diagram Wiring/Circuit diagram
3
Control cabinet components
115
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110665 green 2.5 V, 7 V off 3 V, 7.5 V on 4250184122951
KRS-E08 HR3
The threshold gate switches units, pumps, fans, burners, etc.
As soon as the input voltage reaches the switching threshold,
the relay is activated. When the input voltage falls below the
switch-off threshold, the relay is released again. The module
is designed for a two-level control by means of an analog 0
to 10 V DC control signal.
• Control signal 0 V DC = Level 1 active
• Control signal 5 V DC = No level is active (OFF)
• Control signal 10 V DC = Level 2 active
• With manual control level
• Connection with screw-type terminals
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11043413 green 4250184121978
KRS-C12 3VHR
The threshold gate was developed for three-level motor
control. Three LEDs are integrated in the module for visually
checking the switching state.
• Activation by just one analog input
• Manual control level with checkback
• Integrated timer relay
• 3 changeover contacts (3PST) with automatic locking
• Connection with screw-type terminals
Operating voltage 24 V AC/DC
Current consumption 24 V AC 100 mA
Current consumption 24 V DC 35 mA
Output / voltage 250 V AC
Output / contact 1 changeover contact (SPST)
Output / contact material AgNi
Output / continuous current 4 A
Output / switching frequency 1200 cycles/h
Mechanical endurance 1 x 107 switching cycles
Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles
Display Yellow and red LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 60 x 60 mm
Weight 70 g
Operating temperature range -10 °C to +50 °C
Storage temperature range -25 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Operating voltage 24 V AC/DC
Current consumption 24 V AC 60 mA
Current consumption 24 V DC 22 mA
Output / voltage 250 V AC
Output / contact 3 changeover contacts
(3PST)
Output / contact material AgNi
Output / continuous current 4 A
Output / switching frequency 360 cycles/h
Mechanical endurance 1 x 107 switching cycles
Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles
Display Yellow LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 68 x 60 mm
Weight 95 g
Operating temperature range -10 °C to +50 °C
Storage temperature range -25 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Interface modules | Threshold control
3
Wiring/Circuit diagram Wiring/Circuit diagram
Control cabinet components
116
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110501 green 24 V AC/DC voltage balanced 4250184122173
11050108 green 24 V AC/DC current balanced 4250184122180
PT-C12 / PTi-C12
The potential divider is used for dividing analog signals in
a range from 0 to 10 V DC or 0 to 20 mA. The input and
output signals and the supply are mutually isolated. An input
signal (0 to 10 V DC or 0 to 20 mA) can be applied optionally
to the potential divider. Independently of the type of signal on
the input, a voltage of 0 to 10 V DC or a current of 0 to 20 mA
can be measured on the output proportionally to the input
signal. In addition, a manual emergency operation level with
checkback is integrated. A fix 10 V DC signal can be scanned
for anti-frost or similar equipment. An external signal
(0 to 10 V DC) can be applied to the LED control input Y.
Without external signal, the proportional output signal can be
indicated by means of the integrated LED by connecting a
bridge between Ua and Y. If a voltage signal is used on input
and output, use PT-C12. If a current signal is used on input and
output, use PTi-C12.
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110502 green 230 V AC voltage balanced 4250184122197
11050208 green 230 V AC current balanced 4250184122203
PT-C12 230 / PTi-C12 230
The potential divider is used for dividing analog signals in
a range from 0 to 10 V DC or 0 to 20 mA. The input and
output signals and the supply are mutually isolated. An input
signal (0 to 10 V DC or 0 to 20 mA) can be applied optionally
to the potential divider. Independently of the type of signal on
the input, a voltage of 0 to 10 V DC or a current of 0 to 20 mA
can be measured on the output proportionally to the input
signal. In addition, a manual emergency operation level with
checkback is integrated. A fix 10 V DC signal can be scanned
for anti-frost or similar equipment. If a voltage signal is used
on input and output, use PT-C12,230. If a current signal is used
on input and output, use PTi-C12,230.
Operating voltage 24 V AC/DC
Test voltage / separation 1000 V DC
Input / voltage 0 V to 10 V DC
Input / current 0 V to 20 mA DC
Output / fix voltage 10 V DC / 5 mA, fix
Output / proportional voltage 0 to 10 V / max. 10 mA
Output / proportional current 0 to 20 mA
Output / current load max. 500 Ohm
Display Green LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 68 x 60 mm
Weight 78 g
Operating temperature range 0 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Operating voltage 230 V AC
Test voltage / separation 1000 V DC
Input / voltage 0 V to 10 V DC
Input / current 0 V to 20 mA DC
Output / fix voltage 10 V DC / 5 mA, fix
Output / proportional voltage 0 to 10 V / max. 10 mA
Output / proportional current 0 to 20 mA
Output / current load max. 500 Ohm
Display Green LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 68 x 60 mm
Weight 78 g
Operating temperature range 0 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Interface modules | Potential separator
Wiring/Circuit diagram Wiring/Principle diagram
3
Control cabinet components
117
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110656 green 4 x D/A
converter
0 - 7.5 V output 4250184122869
KAD-C12
The digital/analog converter is designed to convert contacts
into an analog signal. The inputs are scanned in steps of 0.5 V.
They can be connected to and scanned at a compact control
with an analog input (0-10 V). The bridged inputs are
signalized by means of LEDs. Example: S1 and S4 bridged
corresponds to an output voltage of 4.5 V.
• Switching states are indicated by means of LEDs
• Connection with screw-type terminals
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11043513 green 4 x A/D
converter
0 - 10 V input 4250184121985
ADU-C12
The analog/digital converter ADU-C12 processes input voltages
from 0 to 7.5 V DC in 0.5 V steps. The digital outputs switch
according to the applied input voltage. The outputs are
updated every 1.5 seconds, and the switching state is
signalized by means of an LED.
• Switching states are indicated by means of LEDs
• Connection with screw-type terminals
Operating voltage 24 V AC/DC
Current consumption 24 V AC 60 mA
Current consumption 24 V DC 50 mA
Input / voltage 0 to 10 V
Input / scanning 0.5 V steps
Output / voltage 0 V to 7.5 V DC
Display Yellow LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 68 x 65 mm
Weight 30 g
Operating temperature range -10 °C to +50 °C
Storage temperature range -25 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Operating voltage 24 V AC/DC
Current consumption 24 V AC 35 mA
Current consumption 24 V DC 16 mA
Input / voltage 0 to 10 V
Input / scanning 0.5 V steps
Output / voltage up to 40 V AC/DC
Output / power consumption max. 100 mA / channel
Display Green and yellow LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 68 x 65 mm
Weight 30 g
Operating temperature range -10 °C to +50 °C
Storage temperature range -25 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Interface modules | AD/DA converter
3
Wiring/Circuit diagram Wiring/Circuit diagram
Control cabinet components
Output
V DC
Inputs S
1 2 3 4
Output
V DC
Inputs S
1 2 3 4
0.0 V0 0 0 04.5 V1 0 0 1
0.5 V1 0 0 05.0 V0 1 0 1
1.0 V0 1 0 05.5 V1 1 0 1
1.5 V1 1 0 06.0 V0 0 1 1
2.0 V0 0 1 06.5 V1 0 1 1
2.5 V1 0 1 07.0 V0 1 1 1
3.0 V0 1 1 07.5 V1 1 1 1
3.5 V1 1 1 0 >7.5 V1 1 1 1
4.0 V0 0 0 1
Table of switching conditions
S1 = 0.5 VS2 = 1.0 VS3 = 2.0 VS4 = 4.0 V
Value of the inputs
Input
V DC
Outputs
1 2 3 4
Input
V DC
Outputs
1 2 3 4
0.0 V0 0 0 04.5 V1 0 0 1
0.5 V1 0 0 05.0 V0 1 0 1
1.0 V0 1 0 05.5 V1 1 0 1
1.5 V1 1 0 06.0 V0 0 1 1
2.0 V0 0 1 06.5 V1 0 1 1
2.5 V1 0 1 07.0 V0 1 1 1
3.0 V0 1 1 07.5 V1 1 1 1
3.5 V1 1 1 0 >7.5 V1 1 1 1
4.0 V0 0 0 1
Table of switching conditions
118
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110639 green individual 4 diodes 4250184122807
KD-M8/4E
The diode module is equipped with 4 individual diodes.
The modules are used for inverse-polarity protection,
decoupling and arc extinction.
• Individual circuit
• Connection with screw-type terminals
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110641 green common
cathode
7 diodes 4250184122821
KD-M8/7K
The diode module is equipped with 7 diodes. The cathodes of
the diodes are all connected to each other. The module is used
for failure indication systems (collective fault message).
• Common cathode
• Connection with screw-type terminals
Cut-off voltage 1000 V
Input / voltage 250 V AC/DC
Forward current 1 A
Forward voltage 1.1 V at 1 A
Total current through all diodes greater than or equal to 1.8 A
Cut-off current 30 µA at 75 °C
Dimensions (W x H x D) 11.2 x 60 x 60 mm
Weight 30 g
Operating temperature range -10 °C to +50 °C
Storage temperature range -25 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Cut-off voltage 1000 V
Input / voltage 250 V AC/DC
Forward current 1 A
Forward voltage 1.1 V at 1 A
Total current through all diodes greater than or equal to 1.8 A
Cut-off current 30 µA at 75 °C
Dimensions (W x H x D) 11.2 x 60 x 60 mm
Weight 20 g
Operating temperature range -10 °C to +50 °C
Storage temperature range -25 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Interface modules | Diode modules
Wiring/Circuit diagram Wiring/Circuit diagram
3
Control cabinet components
119
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110640 green common anode 7 diodes 4250184122814
KD-M8/7A
The diode module is equipped with 7 diodes. The anodes of
the diodes are all connected to each other. The module is used
for failure indication systems (lamp tests).
• Common anode
• Connection with screw-type terminals
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110629 green common
cathode
11 diodes 4250184122760
KD-S12/11K
The diode module is equipped with 11 diodes. The anodes of
the diodes are all connected to each other. The module is used
for failure indication systems (collective fault message).
• Common cathode
• Connection with screw-type terminals
Cut-off voltage 1000 V
Input / voltage 250 V AC/DC
Forward current 1 A
Forward voltage 1.1 V at 1 A
Total current through all diodes greater than or equal to 1.8 A
Cut-off current 30 µA at 75 °C
Dimensions (W x H x D) 11.2 x 60 x 60 mm
Weight 20 g
Operating temperature range -10 °C to +50 °C
Storage temperature range -25 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Cut-off voltage 1000 V
Input / voltage 250 V AC/DC
Forward current 1 A
Forward voltage 1.1 V at 1 A
Total current through all diodes greater than or equal to 3.2 A
Cut-off current 30 µA at 75 °C
Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 75 x 100 mm
Weight 20 g
Operating temperature range -10 °C to +50 °C
Storage temperature range -25 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Interface modules | Diode modules
3
Wiring/Circuit diagram Wiring/Circuit diagram
Control cabinet components
120
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110628 green common anode 11 diodes 4250184122753
KD-S12/11A
The diode module is equipped with 11 diodes. The anodes of
the diodes are all connected to each other. The module is used
for failure indication systems (lamp tests).
• Common anode
• Connection with screw-type terminals
Cut-off voltage 1000 V
Input / voltage 250 V AC/DC
Forward current 1 A
Forward voltage 1.1 V at 1 A
Total current through all diodes greater than or equal to 3.2 A
Cut-off current 30 µA at 75 °C
Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 75 x 100 mm
Weight 20 g
Operating temperature range -10 °C to +50 °C
Storage temperature range -25 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Interface modules | Diode modules
Wiring/Circuit diagram
3
Control cabinet components
121
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11027613 green 24 V AC/DC 2 DPST 4250184121015
RTM-C12
The timer relay is used for pulse prolongation. When the
control contact is closed min. 5 ms, the relay is activated and
releases after the adjusted pulse time has lapsed. Further
control pulses during the pulse time do not have any effect.
• Adjustable pulse length: 0.15 to 3 s
• Connection with screw-type terminals
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11027605 green 230 V AC 2 DPST 4250184121008
RTM-C12 230 V
The timer relay is used for pulse prolongation. When the
control contact is closed min. 5 ms, the relay is activated and
releases after the adjusted pulse time has lapsed. Further
control pulses during the pulse time do not have any effect.
• Adjustable pulse length: 0.15 to 3 s
• Connection with screw-type terminals
Operating voltage 24 V AC/DC
Current consumption less than or equal to 15 mA
Continuous current 8 A
Output / contact 2 changeover contacts
( DPST)
Output / contact material AgNi
Response time 20 ms
Release time 20 ms
Recovery time greater than or equal to 20 ms
Minimum switch-on duration reater than or equal to 5 ms
Mechanical endurance 3 x 107 switching cycles
Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles
Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 68 x 65 mm
Weight 160 g
Operating temperature range -10 °C to +50 °C
Storage temperature range -25 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Operating voltage 230 V AC
Current consumption less than or equal to 15 mA
Continuous current 8 A
Output / contact 2 changeover contacts
( DPST)
Output / contact material AgNi
Response time 20 ms
Release time 20 ms
Recovery time greater than or equal to 20 ms
Minimum switch-on duration greater than or equal to 5 ms
Mechanical endurance 3 x 107 switching cycles
Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles
Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 68 x 65 mm
Weight 160 g
Operating temperature range -10 °C to +50 °C
Storage temperature range -25 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Interface modules | Pulse shaper
Wiring/Function diagram Wiring/Function diagram
3
Control cabinet components
122
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110016051307 230 V AC 3 SPST 4250184118138
110016101307 24 V AC 3 SPST 4250184118145
110016251307 24 V DC 3 SPST 4250184118152
HF10FH | 3 changeover contacts (3 DPST)
Sturdy power relay for industrial use.
• Internationally standardized 11-pole plug-in socket
• Insulated parts made from self-extinguishing plastics
• With manual test button
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110015051206 230 V AC 2 DPST 4250184120001
110015101206 24 V AC 2 DPST 4250184120032
110015251206 24 V DC 2 DPST 4250184120063
R274 | 2 changeover contacts (2 DPST)
Compact, pluggable relay for industrial use.
• Socket pins as soldering lugs
• Mechanical switch position display
• With manual test button
• Cadmium-free contacts
42
12
44
14
41
11
A1+
A2-
Operating voltage 24 V AC, 24 V DC, 230 V AC
Current consumption 24 V AC 145 mA
Current consumption 24 V DC 65 mA
Current consumption 230 V AC 12 mA
Continuous current 10 A
Output / contact 3 changeover contacts
(3PST)
Output / contact material AgSnO2
Output / switching capacity 2500 VA / 300 W
Mechanical endurance 1 x 107 switching cycles
Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles
Display Red LED and mechanical
Dimensions (W x H x D) 35.5 x 56 x 35.7 mm
Weight 85 g
Operating temperature range -40 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -40 °C to +70 °C
Operating voltage 24 V AC, 24 V DC, 230 V AC
Current consumption 24 V AC 50 mA
Current consumption 24 V DC 36.9 mA
Current consumption 230 V AC 5.21 mA
Continuous current 7 A
Output / contact 2 changeover contacts
( DPST)
Output / contact material Silver alloy
Output / switching capacity 1540 VA / 210 W
Mechanical endurance 1 x 107 switching cycles
Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles
Display LED and mechanical
Dimensions (W x H x D) 21.5 x 35 x 28 mm
Weight 37 g
Operating temperature range 0 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Interface modules | Industrial relays
Wiring Wiring
Matching accessory
for HF10FH | 3 changeover
contacts (3 DPST)
Page
Matching accessory
for R274 | 2 changeover
contacts (2 DPST)
Page
124
Socket 11 poles
124
Socket 14 poles
125
Socket 14 poles for
electronic modules
3
Control cabinet components
123
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110015051406 230 V AC 4 DPST 4250184120025
110015101406 24 V AC 4 DPST 4250184120049
110015251406 24 V DC 4 DPST 4250184120070
110015271406 12 V DC 4 DPST 4250184120087
R274 | 4 changeover contacts (4 DPST)
Compact, pluggable relay for industrial use.
• Socket pins as soldering lugs
• Mechanical switch position display
• With manual test button
• Cadmium-free contacts
A1+
42
32
22
12
44
34
24
14
41
31
21
11
A2-
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110015051408 230 V AC 4 DPST, gold
plated
4250184118206
110015101408 24 V AC 4 DPST, gold
plated
4250184120056
110015251408 24 V DC 4 DPST, gold
plated
4250184118190
R274 | 4 changeover contacts (4 DPST)
gold plated contacts
Compact, pluggable relay for industrial use.
• Socket pins as soldering lugs
• Mechanical switch position display
• With manual test button
• Cadmium-free contacts
A1+
42
32
22
12
44
34
24
14
41
31
21
11
A2-
Operating voltage AC 24 V AC, 230 V AC
Operating voltage DC 12 V DC, 24 V DC
Current consumption 12 V AC 75 mA
Current consumption 24 V AC 50 mA
Current consumption 24 V DC 36.9 mA
Current consumption 230 V AC 5.21 mA
Continuous current 5 A
Output / contact 4 changeover contacts
(4PST)
Output / contact material Silver alloy
Output / switching capacity 1100 VA / 150 W
Mechanical endurance 1 x 107 switching cycles
Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles
Display LED and mechanical
Dimensions (W x H x D) 21.5 x 35 x 28 mm
Weight 37 g
Operating temperature range 0 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Operating voltage 24 V AC, 24 V DC, 230 V AC
Current consumption 24 V AC 50 mA
Current consumption 24 V DC 36.9 mA
Current consumption 230 V AC 5.21 mA
Continuous current 5 A
Output / contact 4 changeover contacts
(4PST)
Output / contact material Au
Output / switching capacity 1100 VA / 150 W
Mechanical endurance 1 x 107 switching cycles
Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles
Display LED and mechanical
Dimensions (W x H x D) 21.5 x 35 x 28 mm
Weight 37 g
Operating temperature range 0 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Interface modules | Industrial relays
Wiring Wiring
Matching accessory
for R274 | 4 changeover
contacts (4 DPST)
Page
Matching accessory
for R274 | 4 changeover
contacts (4 DPST) gold
plated contacts
Page
3
Control cabinet components
124
Socket 14 poles
125
Socket 14 poles for
electronic modules
124
Socket 14 poles
125
Socket 14 poles for
electronic modules
124
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110117 black 4250184120254
Socket 11 poles
11-pole relay socket for commercially available industrial relays
with screw-type terminals. All metal parts are arranged under
cover to protect them against contact. The relay socket
matches HF10FH(JQX-10FH).
• Undecal plug-in socket
• Integrated quick fastening for DIN rail
• Cadmium-free contacts
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110175 black 4250184120414
Socket 14 poles 3-tiers
14-pole relay socket for commercially available industrial relays
with screw-type terminals. All metal parts are arranged under
cover to protect them against contact. The relay socket
matches R274.
• Optional bracket
• Integrated quick fastening for DIN rail
• Terminal designation to EN 50022
• Separate input and output
Application class HMF to DIN 40040
-25 °C / +100 °C / ≤75 %
Ambient temperature +80 °C
Protection against contact VBG 4
Cross-section 2 x 2.5 mm²
Ampacity 10 A
Operating voltage 300 V AC
Isolation group C 250 to VDE 0110
Test voltage 3.5 kV eff. / 60 s
Leakage resistance >1010 Ω
Creepage distance 4 mm to VDE 0110
Air gap 2.5 mm to VDE 0110
Creep resistance CTI 300
Housing dimensions (W x H x D) 38.2 x 61.6 x 26 mm
Weight 55 g
Operating temperature range 0 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Nominal current 10 A
Nominal voltage 300 V AC
Electric strength
Coil / contact 4000 V / 50 Hz / 1min
Isolation group VDE 0110b C250
Ambient temperature +70° C
Protection against contact VBG 4
Solid wire cross-section 2 x 2.5 mm2
Stranded wire with end sleeve 2 x 1.5 mm2
Screw torque max. 0.8 Nm
Housing dimensions (W x H x D) 27.2 x 75 x 61.2 mm
Weight 63 g
Operating temperature range 0 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection IP20
Interface modules | Industrial relays
Wiring Wiring
Socket 11 poles is
matching accessory for
Page
Matching accessories
for Socket 14 poles 3-tiers
Page
Socket 14 poles 3-tiers is
matching accessories for
122
HF10FH | 3 changeover
contacts (3 DPST) | 230 V
AC
122
HF10FH | 3 changeover
contacts (3 DPST) | 24 V
AC
122
HF10FH | 3 changeover
contacts (3 DPST) | 24 V
DC
152
Connecting bridge, 5 pole
153
Metal holding bracket
154
Holding bracket plastic
for R274
122
R274 | 2 changeover
contacts (2 DPST) | 230 V
AC
122
R274 | 2 changeover
contacts (2 DPST) | 24 V
AC
122
R274 | 2 changeover
contacts (2 DPST) | 24 V
DC
123
R274 | 4 changeover
contacts (2 DPST) | 230 V
AC
123
R274 | 4 changeover
contacts (2 DPST) | 24 V
AC
123
R274 | 4 changeover
contacts (2 DPST) | 24 V
DC
123
R274 | 4 changeover
contacts (2 DPST) | 12 V
DC
123
R274 | 4 changeover
contacts (4 DPST) gold
plated contacts | 230 V
AC
123
R274 | 4 changeover
contacts (4 DPST) gold
plated contacts | 24 V AC
123
R274 | 4 changeover
contacts (4 DPST) gold
plated contacts | 24 V DC
3
Control cabinet components
125
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110178 black 4250184118183
Socket 14 poles 2-tiers for electronic
modules
14-pole relay socket for commercially available industrial relays
with screw-type terminals. All metal parts are arranged under
cover to protect them against contact. The relay socket
matches R274. Electronic modules, such as LED or RC modules,
can be plugged in the socket optionally.
• Optional bracket
• Integrated quick fastening for DIN rail
• Terminal designation to EN 50022
• Separate input and output
Nominal current 10 A
Nominal voltage 300 V AC
Electric strength
Coil / contact 4000 V / 50 Hz / 1min
Isolation group VDE 0110b C250
Ambient temperature +70° C
Protection against contact VBG 4
Solid wire cross-section 2 x 2.5 mm²
Stranded wire with end sleeve 2 x 1.5 mm²
Screw torque max. 0.8 Nm
Housing dimensions (W x H x D) 27.2 x 75 x 61.2 mm
Weight 56 g
Operating temperature range 0 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection IP20
Interface modules | Industrial relays
Wiring
Matching accessory
for Socket 14 poles 2-tiers
for electronic modules
Page
Socket 14 poles 2-tiers for
electronic modules is
matching accessory for
Page
3
Control cabinet components
152
RC Module 230 V AC
152
RC Module 24 V AC
152
Connecting bridge, 5 pole
153
Metal holding bracket
154
Holding bracket plastic
for R274
122
R274 | 2 changeover
contacts (2 DPST) | 230 V
AC
122
R274 | 2 changeover
contacts (2 DPST) | 24 V
AC
122
R274 | 2 changeover
contacts (2 DPST) | 24 V
DC
123
R274 | 4 changeover
contacts (2 DPST) | 230 V
AC
123
R274 | 4 changeover
contacts (2 DPST) | 24 V
AC
123
R274 | 4 changeover
contacts (2 DPST) | 24 V
DC
123
R274 | 4 changeover
contacts (2 DPST) | 12 V
DC
123
R274 | 4 changeover
contacts (4 DPST) gold
plated contacts | 230 V
AC
123
R274 | 4 changeover
contacts (4 DPST) gold
plated contacts | 24 V AC
123
R274 | 4 changeover
contacts (4 DPST) gold
plated contacts | 24 V DC
126
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110657 green 5 functions 4250184122876
MARk-E08
Multi-functional timer relay with incorporated coding switches
to set functions. The time is set by means of a linear
potentiometer on a relative scale.
• Eight adjustable time ranges from 0.15 s to 10 h.
• Five selectable functions
• 1. On-delayed
• 2. Off-delayed
• 3. Making-pulse interval
• 4. Flashing for pause start
• 5. Flashing for pulse start
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
1106574133 green 2 functions with voltage input 4250184122890
MARk-E08 U
Multi-functional timer relay with incorporated coding switches
to set functions. The time is set by means of a linear
potentiometer on a relative scale.
• Eight adjustable time ranges from 0.15 s to 10 h.
• Two selectable functions
• 1. On-delayed
• 2. Off-delayed
Operating voltage 230 V AC / 24 V AC/DC
Output / contact 1 changeover contact (SPST)
Output / contact material AgNi
Output / switching voltage 250 V
Output / continuous current 6 A
Output / switching frequency 1200 cycles/h
Recovery time greater than 50 ms
Mechanical endurance 1 x 107 switching cycles
Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles
Cross-section 2.5 mm2
Display Green and red LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 60 x 60 mm
Weight 70 g
Operating temperature range -10 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -25 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Operating voltage 230 V AC / 24 V AC/DC
Output / contact 1 changeover contact (SPST)
Output / contact material AgNi
Output / switching voltage 250 V
Output / continuous current 6 A
Output / switching frequency 1200 cycles/h
Recovery time greater than 50 ms
Mechanical endurance 1 x 107 switching cycles
Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles
Cross-section 2.5 mm2
Display Green and red LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 60 x 60 mm
Weight 70 g
Operating temperature range -10 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -25 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Electronic timer relays | Multi-time
Wiring/Circuit diagram Wiring/Circuit diagram
3
Control cabinet components
127
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110658 green recovery time
tw
50 - 100 ms 4250184122906
110658412014 green recovery time
tw
10 - 30 ms 4250184122913
MFRk-E08 / MFRk-E08 F
Multi-functional timer relay with incorporated coding switches
to set functions. The time is set by means of a linear
potentiometer on a relative scale.
• Ten adjustable time ranges from 0.05 s to 30 h.
• Six selectable functions
• 1. On-delayed
• 2. Making-pulse interval
• 3. Off-delay
• 4. Breaking-pulse interval
• 5. Flashing for pause start
• 6. Flashing for pulse start
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110310412230 green Time Ranges 0.15 s - 800 s 4250184121268
110310412231 green Time Ranges 0.1 min - 10 h 4250184121275
MFRk-E12
Multi-functional timer relay with incorporated coding switches
to set functions. The time is set by means of a linear
potentiometer on a relative scale.
• Four adjustable time ranges for each device
• 0.15 to 800 s / 0.1 min to 10 h
• Six selectable functions
• 1. On-delayed
• 2. Making-pulse interval
• 3. Off-delay
• 4. Breaking-pulse interval
• 5. Flashing for pause start
• 6. Flashing for pulse start
Operating voltage 230 V AC / 24 V AC/DC
Output / contact 1 changeover contact (SPST)
Output / contact material AgNi
Output / switching voltage 250 V AC/DC
Output / continuous current 6 A
Output / switching frequency 1200 cycles/h
Mechanical endurance 1 x 107 switching cycles
Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles
Recovery time MFRk-E08 / MFRk-E08 F
at 24 V AC 60 ms / 10 to 30 ms
at 24 VDC 50 ms / 10 to 30 ms
at 230 V AC 100 ms / 10 to 30 ms
Cross-section 2.5 mm2
Display Green and red LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 60 x 60 mm
Weight 70 g
Operating temperature range -10 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -25 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Operating voltage 230 V AC / 24 V AC/DC
Output / contact 2 changeover contacts ( DPST)
Output / contact material AgNi
Output / switching voltage 250 V
Output / continuous current 4 A
Output / switching frequency 1200 cycles/h
Mechanical endurance 1 x 107 switching cycles
Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles
Recovery time greater than or equal
to 250 ms
Cross-section 2.5 mm2
Display Green and red LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 75 x 100 mm
Weight 150 g
Operating temperature range -10 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -25 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Electronic timer relays | Multi-time
3
Wiring/Circuit diagram
Control cabinet components
A1+ A3-
15 16
A2
18 B1
A2
A1+ - A2
A1+ - A3-
A1+ - B1
15 - 16- 18
Caution!
Contact B1 is
not isolated.
operating voltage
230 V AC
operating voltage
24 V AC/DC
potential free
control contact
output contact
1 changeover
18
B1
15
16
230 VAC
24V AC/DC
A1+
A3-
A2
A2
t
*
* bridge at 24 V supply
control contact
for delay on break function only
Wiring/Circuit diagram
128
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110295412030 green 4250184121138
MZAk-E10
Multi-functional timer relay with incorporated coding switches
to select time ranges. The time is set by means of a linear
potentiometer on a relative scale.
• Four adjustable time ranges from 0.15 to 800 s
• On-delayed
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110352412003 green Time Ranges 0.5 - 10 s 4250184121398
110352412004 green Time Ranges 1.5 - 30 s 4250184121404
110352412005 green Time Ranges 3 - 60 s 4250184121411
110352412006 green Time Ranges 5 - 100 s 4250184121428
110352412008 green Time Ranges 15 - 300 s 4250184121435
RTLk-E10
On-delayed timer relay with time setting. The time is set by
means of a linear potentiometer on a relative scale.
• On-delayed
Operating voltage 230 V AC / 24 V AC/DC
Output / contact 2 changeover contacts
( DPST)
Output / contact material AgNi
Output / switching voltage 250 V
Output / continuous current 6 A
Output / switching frequency 1200 cycles/h
Mechanical endurance 1 x 107 switching cycles
Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles
Recovery time greater than or equal
to 100 ms
Cross-section 2.5 mm2
Display Green and red LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 75 x 100 mm
Weight 150 g
Operating temperature range -10 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -25 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Operating voltage 230 V AC / 24 V AC/DC
Output / contact 1 changeover contact
(SPST)
Output / contact material AgNi
Output / switching voltage 250 V
Output / continuous current 6 A
Output / switching frequency 1200 cycles/h
Mechanical endurance 1 x 107 switching cycles
Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles
Recovery time greater than or equal
to 100 ms
Cross-section 2.5 mm2
Display Green and red LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 75 x 100 mm
Weight 150 g
Operating temperature range -10 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -25 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Electronic timer relays | Multi-time
Wiring/Function diagram Wiring/Function diagram
3
Control cabinet components
129
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110304412003 green Time Ranges 0.5 - 10 s 4250184121190
110304412004 green Time Ranges 1.5 - 30 s 4250184121206
110304412005 green Time Ranges 3 - 60 s 4250184121213
110304412008 green Time Ranges 15 - 300 s 4250184121220
110304412011 green Time Ranges 3 - 60 min 4250184121237
RKAk-E10
Off delayed timer relay with time setting. The time is set by
means of a linear potentiometer on a relative scale.
• Off-delayed
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110296412002 green Time Ranges 0.15 - 3 s 4250184121145
110296412003 green Time Ranges 0.5 - 10 s 4250184121152
110296412004 green Time Ranges 1.5 - 30 s 4250184121169
110296412009 green Time Ranges 0.5 - 10 min 4250184121176
EWEk-E10
Wiping circuit-closing timer relay with time setting. The time is
set by means of a linear potentiometer on a relative scale.
• Making-pulse interval
• Adjustable interval time
Operating voltage 230 V AC / 24 V AC/DC
Output / contact 1 changeover contact
(SPST)
Output / contact material AgNi
Output / switching voltage 250 V
Output / continuous current 6 A
Output / switching frequency 1200 cycles/h
Mechanical endurance 1 x 107 switching cycles
Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles
Cross-section 2.5 mm2
Display Green LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 70 x 95 mm
Weight 150 g
Operating temperature range -10 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -25 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Operating voltage 230 V AC / 24 V AC/DC
Output / contact 1 changeover contact
(SPST)
Output / contact material AgNi
Output / switching voltage 250 V
Output / continuous current 6 A
Output / switching frequency 1200 cycles/h
Mechanical endurance 1 x 107 switching cycles
Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles
Cross-section 2.5 mm2
Display Green and red LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 70 x 95 mm
Weight 150 g
Operating temperature range -10 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -25 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Electronic timer relays | Multi-time
Wiring/Function diagram Wiring/Function diagram
3
Control cabinet components
130
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11067441203030 green tp 0.15 - 800 s ti 0.15 - 800 s 4250184123019
11067441203031 green tp 0.15 - 800 s ti 0.1 min - 10h 4250184123026
11067441203130 green tp 0.1 min - 10 h ti 0.15 - 800 s 4250184123033
11067441203131 green tp 0.1 min - 10 h ti 0.1 min - 10h 4250184123040
TERk-E08
Clock generator with separately adjustable delay and pulse
times. The time ranges can be programmed by means of the
coding switches incorporated in the front.
• Clock generating
• Adjustable time ranges
Operating voltage 230 V AC / 24 V AC/DC
Recovery time greater than or equal
to 50 ms
Output / contact 1 changeover contact
(SPST)
Output / contact material AgNi
Output / switching voltage 250 V
Output / continuous current 6 A
Output / switching frequency 1200 cycles/h
Mechanical endurance 3 x 107 switching cycles
Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles
Cross-section 2.5 mm2
Display Green and red LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 60 x 60 mm
Weight 70 g
Operating temperature range -10 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -25 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Electronic timer relays | Multi-time
Wiring/Function diagram
3
Control cabinet components
131
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110354412016 green 4250184121459
REWk-E10
Wiping circuit-closing timer relay with factory-set interval time
of 0.5 s.
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110355412016 green 4250184121466
RTBk-E10
Flashing relay with factory-set fixed pause/pulse time of 0.5 s
each at a 1:1 ratio.
Operating voltage 230 V AC / 24 V AC/DC
Recovery time greater than or equal
to 100 ms
Output / contact 1 changeover contact
(SPST)
Output / contact material AgNi
Output / switching voltage 250 V
Output / continuous current 6 A
Output / switching frequency 1200 cycles/h
Mechanical endurance 3 x 107 switching cycles
Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles
Cross-section 2.5 mm2
Display Green and red LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 70 x 95 mm
Weight 150 g
Operating temperature range -10 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -25 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Operating voltage 230 V AC / 24 V AC/DC
Recovery time greater than or equal
to 100 ms
Output / contact 1 changeover contact
(SPST)
Output / contact material AgNi
Output / switching voltage 250 V
Output / continuous current 6 A
Output / switching frequency 1200 cycles/h
Mechanical endurance 3 x 107 switching cycles
Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles
Cross-section 2.5 mm2
Display Green and red LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 70 x 95 mm
Weight 150 g
Operating temperature range -10 °C to +55 °C
Storage temperature range -25 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Electronic timer relays | Fixed time
Wiring/Function diagram Wiring/Function diagram
3
Control cabinet components
132
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11016141280417 green 230 V AC 1.5 - 30 s 4250184120384
11016141280517 green 230 V AC 3 - 60 s 4250184120391
RSDw-E10
Star-delta relay with adjustable switching time for switching
three-phase motors. The time is set by means of a linear poten-
tiometer on a relative scale.
• Star-delta relay
• Fixed switching time of 50 ms
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11016005270317 green 230 V AC 0.5 - 10 s 4250184120339
11016005270417 green 230 V AC 1.5 - 30 s 4250184120346
11016005270517 green 230 V AC 3 - 60 s 4250184120360
11016013270317 green 24 V AC/DC 0.5 - 10 s 4250184120377
RSD-E10
Star-delta relay with adjustable switching time for switching
three-phase motors. The time is set by means of a linear poten-
tiometer on a relative scale.
• Star-delta relay
• Fixed switching time of 50 ms
Operating voltage 230 V AC / 24 V AC/DC
Recovery time greater than or equal
to 250 ms
Switching time 50 ms
Output / contact 1 changeover contact
(SPST)
Output / contact material AgNi
Output / switching voltage 250 V
Output / continuous current 6 A
Output / switching frequency 1200 cycles/h
Mechanical endurance 3 x 107 switching cycles
Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles
Cross-section 2.5 mm2
Display Red LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 70 x 95 mm
Weight 150 g
Operating temperature range -10 °C to +50 °C
Storage temperature range -25 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Operating voltage 230 V AC / 24 V AC/DC
Recovery time greater than or equal
to 250 ms
Switching time 50 ms
Output / contact 2 normally open contacts
(DPST-NO)
Output / contact material AgNi
Output / switching voltage 250 V
Output / continuous current 6 A
Output / switching frequency 1200 cycles/h
Mechanical endurance 3 x 107 switching cycles
Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles
Cross-section 2.5 mm2
Display Red LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 70 x 95 mm
Weight 150 g
Operating temperature range -10 °C to +50 °C
Storage temperature range -25 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Electronic timer relays | Star-delta
Wiring/Function diagram Wiring/Function diagram
3
Control cabinet components
Contents | Telecommunication products 133
Telecommunication products
1 Packing Details 134
2 Power switching relay 135
3 Multiple Changeover Switches 136
4 Additional Equipment 137
Well-tried and functional
Today's analogous telecommunication cablings must again and
again be able to integrate additional devices such as telephones
or more signalling devices.
METZ CONNECT offers well-tried and functional solutions to
these issues.
Power switching relay
to control additional signalling devices such as buzzers and
flashing beacons with separate voltage supply in production
and warehousing areas that are equipped with only one single
central phone. They are controlled by the call signal of the
phone line.
Multiple Changeover Switches
to connect 2 to 4 analogous phones to a teleconmunication
connection. All connected phones will have equal access to
the teleconmunication connection.
Secondary call signaller
to additionally signal acoustically and visually an incoming
call at the telecommunication line.
134
Power switching relay | DIN rail / surface mount
Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight
135 130283-I 10 pcs 228 x 170 x 80 mm 876 g
135 130284-I 10 pcs 228 x 170 x 80 mm 845 g
135 130280-I 10 pcs 195 x 170 x 68 mm 759 g
Mutliple Changeover Switches |
Automatic Changeover Switches
Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight
136 130383-E 1 pcs 145 x 83 x 31 mm 178 g
Additional Equipment | Secondary call signaler
Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight
137 130592-I 5 pcs 180 x 90 x 70 mm 327 g
137 130593-I 5 pcs 315 x 120 x 90 mm 375 g
Telecommunication products | Packing details
4
Telecommunication products
135
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
130283-I light gray SAR 4 4250184101703
130284-I light gray SAR 5 4250184116660
SAR 4 / SAR 5
The SAR4 and SAR5 can be connected to a telecommunications
access line or separate control voltage source (AC/DC) and are
activated by the call voltage or control voltage. The SAR reacts
either only to the call voltage or to the control voltage. It acti-
vates an external signal emitter with its own or separate power
supply (e.g. bell, horn, or lamp).
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
130280-I pearl
white
Surface mount 4250184101673
SAR 1
The SAR 1 is connected to a telecommunications line and
controlled by the call voltage.
The SAR 1 only reacts to the call voltage, not to dialing pulses
(IWV). It activates an external signal emitter with its own or
separate power supply (e.g. bell, horn, or lamp) by means of a
contact.
The incorporated switch can be used to activate and deactivate
external signals.
Operating voltage SAR4 230 V AC / 50 Hz
Operating voltage SAR5 DC 24 V DC / 10 mA
Operating voltage SAR5 AC 24 V AC / 10 mA
Input / a/b telecommunications
access line
Input / call voltage 32 to 80 V AC
Input / frequency range 23 to 54 Hz
Input / impedance 10 kOhm at 75 V, 25 Hz
Input / insertion loss less than 0.5 dB
Input / leakage resistance more than 5 MOhm at 100 V
Input / a/c external voltage
Input / control voltage DC 5 to 40 V
Input / control voltage AC 5 to 40 V, 50 Hz
Input / resistance approx. 6 kOhm
Output / switching current max. 8 A
Output / continuous current max. 6 A
Output / switching voltage max. 250 V AC
Output / switching capacity 1500 VA (AC)
240 W (less than 30 V DC)
50 W (greater than 30 V DC)
Call interval bridging 0 to 12 s
Limitation of power-on time 0.25 to 12 s
Electrical safety acc. to EN 60950
Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 68 x 60 mm
Operating temperature range -5 °C to + 55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to + 70 °C
Input / call voltage 32 to 80 V AC
Input / frequency range 23 to 54 Hz
Input / impedance 10 kOhm at 75 V, 25 Hz
Input / insertion loss less than 0.5 dB
Input / leakage resistance more than 5 MOhm at 100 V
Output / switching current max. 8 A
Output / continuous current max. 6 A
Output / switching voltage max. 250 V AC
Output / switching capacity 2000 VA (AC)
240 W (less than 30 V DC)
50 W (greater than 30 V DC)
Electrical safety acc. to EN 60950
Dimensions (W x H x D) 65 x 80 x 32.5 mm
Operating temperature range -5 °C to + 55 °C
Storage temperature range -25 °C to + 70 °C
Power switching relay | DIN rail / surface mount
Dimensional drawing/Circuit diagram
4
Telecommunication products
Dimensional drawing
136
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
130383-E pure
white
AP 1/4 F 4250184101956
AMS 1/4 F AP
Up to four terminals can be connected to the AMS 1/4 AP.
All terminals have equal access to the access line when the
AMS is in non-operative mode. When the access line is used by
a terminal, all other terminals are automatically deactivated to
prevent unwanted overhearing. Additional devices, such as
answering machines, can be connected upstream to the
connected terminals.
• Protection against overvoltage and electromagnetic inter-
ference in the access line
• Incoming calls are signaled at each phone
• Suitable for main terminals and telephone systems
• No additional mains connection required
• Also for telephones with electronic hookswitch
• Additional alarm clock can be connected to the first
communication terminal via W-base on the terminal
La Lb a1 b1 E a2 b2 a3 b3 a4 b4
*
integrated
TAE
integrated
TAE
input output 1
1
st
phone
output 2
2nd phone
output 3
3
rd
phone
output 4
4th phone
* connect E only together
with a second alarm
switchover
element
Input / call voltage 32 to 80 V AC
Input / frequency range 23 to 54 Hz
Input / impedance 10 kOhm at 75 V, 25 Hz
Input / insertion loss less than 0.5 dB
Input / leakage resistance more than 5 MOhm at 100 V
Output / front 2 x TAE-F jacks
Output / internal 2 x terminals
Dimensions (W x H x D) 142 x 80 x 27 mm
Operating temperature range -5 °C to + 55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to + 70 °C
Mutliple Changeover Switches | Automatic Changeover Switches
Wiring
4
Telecommunication products
137
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
130592-I pearl
white
Surface mount 4250184102250
TZG WK 955 AP
The secondary call signaler allows additionally signalizing
incoming calls by means of acoustic and optical signals.
An incoming call is signalized simultaneously by the telephone
and the secondary call signaler. The called persons are able to
notice calls even if they are not close to the telephone.
• Surface-mounted termination unit
• Adjustable sound intensity and clock frequency
• Three-sound call 95 dB
• Visual signal for incoming calls
• Audible signal can be deactivated if the telephone is
plugged into a TAE jack
La Lb WWb
a2
b2
E
TZG Integrated
TAE
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
130593-I pearl
white
Flush mount 4250184102267
TZG WK 955 UP
The secondary call signaler allows additionally signalizing
incoming calls by means of acoustic and optical signals.
An incoming call is signalized simultaneously by the telephone
and the secondary call signaler. The called persons are able to
notice calls even if they are not close to the telephone.
• Flush-mounted termination unit
• Adjustable sound intensity and clock frequency
• Three-sound call 95 dB
• Visual signal for incoming calls
• Audible signal can be deactivated if the telephone is
plugged into a TAE jack
La Lb WWb
a2
b2
E
TZG Integrated
TAE
Input / call voltage 32 to 80 V AC
Input / frequency range 23 to 54 Hz
Input / impedance 10 kOhm at 75 V, 25 Hz
Input / insertion loss less than 0.5 dB
Input / leakage resistance more than 5 MOhm at 100 V
Output / internal TAE-F jack
Dimensions (W x H x D) 65 x 80 x 27 mm
Operating temperature range -5 °C to + 55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to + 70 °C
Input / call voltage 32 to 80 V AC
Input / frequency range 23 to 54 Hz
Input / impedance 10 kOhm at 75 V, 25 Hz
Input / insertion loss less than 0.5 dB
Input / leakage resistance more than 5 MOhm at 100 V
Output / internal TAE-F jack
Dimensions (W x H x D) 65 x 80 x 27 mm
Operating temperature range -5 °C to + 55 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to + 70 °C
Additional Equipment | Secondary call signaler
Dimensional drawing/Wiring Wiring
4
Telecommunication products
138 Notes
4
Telecommunication products
Contents | Accessories 139
Accessories
1 Packing Details 140
2 I/O components 141
3 Cabinet Doors/Panels 3RU 145
4 Current Converter 148
5 Interface modules 149
Accessories and additional equipment
for devices of the following ranges of
products:
Components/building automation
• Power supply and switch-on devices
• Jumper plug and terminal blocks
• Module frames 3RU and label sheets
Measuring and monitoring relays
• Current converter
Interface modules/industrial relays
• Connecting bridges
• Labeling plates
140
I/O components | Power supplies
Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight
141 110561 1 pcs 74 x 51 x 80 mm 129 g
141 110486 1 pcs 74 x 51 x 80 mm 120 g
I/O components | Connection aids
Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight
142 31135104 300 pcs plastic bag 690 g
142 110369 10 pcs plastic bag 217 g
143 ASP0250404 250 pcs plastic bag 1173 g
I/O components | Converter
Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight
144 11080101 1 pcs plastic bag 80 g
Cabinet Doors / Panels 3RU | Subassembly frame
Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight
145 110361 1 pcs 455 x 235 x 55 mm 850 g
145 110362 1 pcs 310 x 235 x 90 mm 576 g
146 110365 10 pcs plastic bag 958 g
Cabinet Doors / Panels 3RU | Blind module / Labeling
Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight
147 110367 1 pcs 46 x 43 x 142 mm 46 g
147 891680 1 pcs plastic bag 63 g
Current Converter | DIN rail mounting
Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight
148 1101810507 60 pcs 240 x 225 x 120 mm 9288 g
148 1101810508 30 pcs 240 x 225 x 120 mm 4518 g
Interface modules | Coupling modules
Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight
149 110728 10 pcs plastic bag 36 g
149 110729 10 pcs plastic bag 29 g
150 110727 10 pcs plastic bag 36 g
150 850349-02 250 pcs plastic bag 1150 g
151 820234-01-9 10 pcs plastic bag 12 g
151 820165-2 10 pcs plastic bag 11 g
Interface modules | Industrial sockets
Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight
152 11017905 10 pcs plastic bag 29 g
152 11017910 10 pcs plastic bag 33 g
152 850349-03 200 pcs plastic bag 790 g
153 820165-2 10 pcs plastic bag 11 g
153 817133 10 pcs plastic bag 14 g
154 110189 10 pcs plastic bag 47 g
Accessories | Packing details
5
Accessories
141
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110561 green +24 V (green) with jumper plug 4250184122470
Power supply NG4 HS
The NG4 power supply supplies regulated direct voltages for
supplying power to the respective devices of the product
family of I/O components. The device supplies regulated direct
voltage 24 V DC at a power of 16 watts. A parallel operation
of various power supply units is not allowed. The secondary
voltage can only be tapped at the right side of the plug
connector and at the screw-type terminals on the top of the
module. The bus communication is looped through on both
sides of the plug connectors.
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110486 4250184 179764
HUB DC
The HUB DC is used as DC ballast to operate C|Logline LON,
Modbus and BACnet I/O modules to rectify and smooth 24 V
AC (alternating voltage). It supplies at the output a smoothed
direct voltage of about 33 V DC (with 24 V AC at the input).
To convert the supply voltage of C|Logline LON, Modbus and
BACnet modules from 24 V AC operation to DC operation
(24 to 36 V DC) will reduce the thermal load in the I/O modules
and extend the service life of the included components.
The device is designed as half-wave rectifier with common
earth point (input A2 = output 0 V) to be directly used in 24
VAC systems.
Field of application I/O components
Operating voltage 110 - 240 V AC, 50 / 60 Hz
Internal fuse, soldered fuse T 1.0 A/250 V
Output / power 16 W
Output / voltage +24 V DC
Output / current 700 mA
Load and control accuracy +/-3 %
Mains failure backup greater than 40 ms
Display Green LED
Dimensions (W x H x D) 50 x 70 x 65 mm
Weight 108 g
Operating temperature range -10 °C to +50 °C
Storage temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C
Ingress protection for housing /
terminal block
IP40 / IP20
Area of application I/O modules
Input voltage 20 to 28 V AC
Output voltage less than 39 V DC
Smoothing 4400 µF / 63 V
Display green LED
Dimensions W x H x D 35 x 70 x 65 mm
(1.4 x 2.8 x 2.6 in.)
Weight 90 g
Operating temperature range 23 °F to 131 °F
(-5 °C to +55 °C)
Storage temperature range -4 °F to +158 °F
(-20 °C to +70 °C)
Type of protection
housing / terminal blocks IP40 / IP20
I/O components | Power supplies
5
Accessories
Page
Page
Power supply NG4 HS
is matching accessory for
HUB DC is matching acces-
sory for
44
LON I/Os
64
CAN-Bus I/Os
20
Ethernet I/Os
27
BACnet I/Os
35
Modbus I/Os
+24V
LN
⊥
L N
Operating voltage
110 - 240 V AC
1 A
+24V
Output voltage
24 V DC
0.7 A
⊥
⊥
+24V
+24V
⊥ ⊥ N1 N2
LN
Wiring/Principle diagram
+24V N2
N2
N2
N1
N1
N1
T
TTT
N
LN
L
1A
+24V
24 V DC
GND
NET 1
NET 2
GND
N1
N2
+24V
N1
N2
GND N2N1
A1 N1 N2
+24V
GND
A2A1 A2
GND+DC +DC
Wiring/Principle diagram
A1
A2
N1
N2
+ DC
GND
N1
N2
Imax=2A
142
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
31135104 black 4250184151692
Jumper plug for I/O components
Jumper plug for quickly connecting I/O components without
tools. The jumper plug connects bus and power supply of I/O
modules mounted next to each other.
• Pluggable, 4-pole
• Grid dimension 3.5 mm
• Black
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110369 black 4250184121558
Terminal block for I/O Components
Terminal block to feed bus and power supply of I/O compo-
nents.
• Screw-type terminal block, solderable, 4-pole
• Grid dimension 3.5 mm, connection direction 90°
• Wire protection
• Black
Rated voltage UL 150 V
Rated voltage SEV 125 V AC/DC eff.
Rated current max. 4 A
Pin diameter 0.9 mm
Pin material CuZn
Upper temperature limit 125 °C
Lower temperature limit -30 °C
Rated voltage UL/CSA 300 V
Rated current UL/CSA 10 A
Conductor connection UL/CSA AWG 28 to AWG 16
Wire diameter SEV 0.2 mm to 1.38 mm
Cross-section (solid wire) 1.5 mm²
Cross-section
(finely stranded wire)
0.75 mm²
Insulation coordination to EN 60664-1
Minimum air gap and creepage min. 2.1 mm
Overvoltage category III / III / II
Degree of pollution 3 / 2 / 2
Rated voltage V 160 / 400 / 130
Rated surge voltage 2.5 / 4 / 2.5
Ingress protection to IEC 60529 IP00
Tightening torque SEV max. 0.15 Nm
Stripping length min. 5 mm
I/O components | Connection aids
5
Accessories
Page
Page
Jumper plug for I/O compo-
nents is matching acces-
sory for
Terminal block for I/O
components is matching
accessory for
20
Ethernet I/Os
27
BACnet I/Os
35
Modbus I/Os
44
LON I/Os
64
CAN-Bus I/Os
20
Ethernet I/Os
27
BACnet I/Os
35
Modbus I/Os
44
LON I/Os
64
CAN-Bus I/Os
Dimensional drawing Dimensional drawing
143
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
ASP0250404 gray 4250184151715
Terminal block for door installation
modules
Terminal block to feed bus and power supply of door installa-
tion modules.
• Spring-clamp terminal block, pluggable, 4-pole
• Grid dimension 5.0 mm, connection direction 90°
• Sequencing possible without pole loss
• Gray
Rated voltage UL/CSA 300 V
Rated current UL/CSA 8 A
Conductor connection UL/CSA AWG 28 to AWG 16
Rated voltage SEV 250 V
Rated current SEV 10 A
Wire diameter SEV 0.32 mm to 1.38 mm
Cross-section (solid wire) 1.5 mm²
Cross-section
(finely stranded wire)
0.75 mm²
Insulation coordination to EN 60664-1
Minimum air gap and creepage min. 3.7 mm
Overvoltage category III / III / II
Degree of pollution 3 / 2 / 2
Rated voltage V 250 / 500 / 500
Rated surge voltage 2.5 / 4 / 2.5
Ingress protection to IEC 60529 IP20
Stripping length min. 4 mm
I/O components | Connection aids
Terminal block for door
installation modules is
matching accessory for
Page
5
Accessories
26
EW-DIO4/2-IP65
27
BMT-DI4-IP65 BACnet MS/
TP
32
BMT-DIO4/2-IP65 BACnet
MS/TP
35
MR-DI4-IP65 Modbus RTU
42
MR-DIO4/2-IP65 Modbus
RTU
43
MR-AIO4/2-IP65 Modbus
RTU
45
LF-DI10-IP65 LON
48
LF-DO4-IP65 LON
50
LF-AO4-IP65 LON
51
LF-DIO4/2-IP65 LON
53
LF-TI-IP65 LON
55
LM1 LON
55
LM2 LON
56
LS1 LON
56
LT1 LON
57
LT2 LON
57
LT3 LON
58
LA1 LON
Dimensional drawing
144
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11080101 gray 4250184158882
USB/RS485 Converter
The USB to RS485 converter allows to connect devices with
serial UART interface quickly and easily to USB. The transparent
USB plug includes LEDs to view the Tx and Rx traffic on the
cable. The other end of the cable consists of bare, tinned wires.
Combined with our configuration software, the Modbus
devices of the MR series can be connected and configured
directly. The converter is USB and USB 2.0 full speed compat-
ible and supports a data transfer rate up to 3 Mbps. The
required USB-RS485 drivers are available to download for free
from http://www.ftdichip.com.
Cable end 1 USB plug, transparent
Cable end 2 bare wires, tinned
USB performance 2.0, full speed compatible
RS485 acc. EIA/TIA 485
Cable length 5.905 ft (1.8 m)
Data transfer rates 300 baud to 3 Mbaud
Handshake X-On / X-Off (software)
Visual indication Tx and Rx LED integrated in USB plug
Weight 80 g
Operating temperature range -40 °C to +85 °C
I/O components | Converter
Principle diagram
5
Accessories
145
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110361 silver 4250184121480
Subassembly frame 3RU 19 inch
19 inches subassembly frame for 10 door installation modules.
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110362 silver 4250184121497
Subassembly frame 3RU 10 inch
10 inches subassembly frame for 5 door installation modules.
Cabinet Doors / Panels 3RU | Subassembly frame
5
Accessories
Matching accessory
for Subassembly frame 3RU
19 inch
Page
Subassembly frame 3RU
19 inch is matching acces-
sory for
Page
146
Mounting set for 19 inch
subassembly frames
55
LM1 LON
55
LM2 LON
56
LS1 LON
56
LT1 LON
57
LT2 LON
57
LT3 LON
58
LA1 LON
Dimensional drawing/Cut-out Dimensional drawing/Cut-out
Matching accessory
for Subassembly frame 3RU
10 inch
Page
Subassembly frame 3RU
10 inch is matching acces-
sory for
Page
146
Mounting set for 10 inch
subassembly frames
55
LM1 LON
55
LM2 LON
56
LS1 LON
56
LT1 LON
57
LT2 LON
57
LT3 LON
58
LA1 LON
146
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110365 4250184121527
Mounting kit for subassembly frames
Fastening kit for 19 inches assembly frames.
• 4 oval-head screws M6x16, cross recess
• 4 black plastic disks
Cabinet Doors / Panels 3RU | Subassembly frame
Mounting kit for subas-
sembly frames is matching
accessory for
Page
145
19 inch Frame 3RU 80HP
145
10 inch Frame 3RU 40HP
5
Accessories
147
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110367 gray 4250184121534
Blind module
Blind module for filling for 19 inches assembly frames. Suitable
as labeling plate.
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
891680 gray 4250184119289
Label sheet for door installation modules
Pre-cut DIN A4 paper sheets for individually labeling door
installation modules. Suitable for LM1, LM2, LS1, LT1, LT2, LT3
and LA1.
• Suitable for all printers
• Gray
• The print template is available for download in various
formats (Visio, PDF, Word, Corel Draw)
Dimensions (W x H x D) 40 x 128.7 x 35 mm
Dimensions RU/TP 3RU, 8TP
Weight 23 g
Installation position any
Mounting in assembly frame in 19 inches to IEC 297-3
Housing material ABS
Cabinet Doors / Panels 3RU | Blind module / Labeling
Label sheet for door instal-
lation modules is matching
accessory for
Page
5
Accessories
55
LM1 LON
55
LM2 LON
56
LS1 LON
56
LT1 LON
57
LT2 LON
57
LT3 LON
58
LA1 LON
Dimensional drawing Dimensional drawing
148
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
1101810507 brown transformer
ratio
50 A/5 A 4250184120469
TAmini 50 A / 5 A
The current converter TAmini is used for measuring currents
that are beyond the measuring range of the directly connected
measuring instrument.
• Small current converter for mounting on 35 mm DIN rail
• Hole diameter: 21 mm; suitable for cables and rail 20 x 5 mm
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
1101810508 brown transformer
ratio
100 A/5 A 4250184120476
TAmini 100 A / 5 A
The current converter TAmini is used for measuring currents
that are beyond the measuring range of the directly connected
measuring instrument.
• Small current converter for mounting on 35 mm DIN rail
• Hole diameter: 21 mm; suitable for cables and rail 20 x 5 mm
Transformer ratio 50 A / 5 A
Nominal frequency 50 Hz
Operating frequency 47 to 63 Hz
Secondary nominal current 5 A
Max. switch-on current 60 x nominal current smaller
than 1 s
Max. internal consumption less than 3 VA
Classification UL-94 V0
Dimensions (W x H x D) 30 x 44 x 65 mm
Operating temperature range -25 °C to +50 °C
Storage temperature range -40 °C to +85 °C
Transformer ratio 100 A / 5 A
Nominal frequency 50 Hz
Operating frequency 47 to 63 Hz
Secondary nominal current 5 A
Max. switch-on current 60 x nominal current smaller
than 1 s
Max. internal consumption less than 3 VA
Classification UL-94 V0
Dimensions (W x H x D) 30 x 44 x 65 mm
Operating temperature range -25 °C to +50 °C
Storage temperature range -40 °C to +85 °C
Current Converter | DIN rail mounting
Wiring Wiring
TAmini 50 A / 5 A is
matching accessory for
Page
TAmini 100 A / 5 A is
matching accessory for
Page
82
CPW-E12 | 230 V AC |
Input = 1 - 10 A
89
EIW-C18 | 230 V AC
89
EIW-C18 | 24 V AC
82
CPW-E12 | 230 V AC |
Input = 1 - 10 A
89
EIW-C18 | 230 V AC
89
EIW-C18 | 24 V AC
5
Accessories
149
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110728 green 4250184123200
Connecting bridge Series KRA-F8/F10
The connecting bridge easily connects the terminal blocks A1
and/or A2 of the coupling modules of series F8 and F10 by just
plugging in, without having to wire the individual leads.
The connecting bridge has 10 poles and is available with grid
dimension 11.25 mm.
• Hot air tin-plated, lead-free surface
• Flame retardant, self-extinguishing to UL 94V-2
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110729 trans-
parent
4250184123217
Labeling plate Series KRA-F8/F10
The labeling plate was designed especially for coupling
modules with spring-clamp terminal blocks of the series F8 and
F10. Great importance was attached to an area for the device
tag and one for identification.
• Material: ABS, transparent
Rated voltage 24 V AC/DC
Rated current 2 A
Number of poles 10
Grid dimension 11.25 mm
Upper temperature limit 100 °C
Lower temperature limit -20 °C
Material / printed circuit board Fr4
Interface modules | Coupling modules
Connecting bridge Series
KRA-F8/F10 is matching
accessory for
Page
Labeling plate Series
KRA- F8/F10 is matching
accessory for
Page
5
Accessories
90
KRA-F8/21 |
1 changeover contact
(SPST) | 24 V AC/ DC
90
KRA-S-F8/21 |
1 changeover contact
(SPST) | 24 V AC/DC
91
KRA-SR-F10/21 |
1 changeover contact
(SPST) | 24 V AC/DC
91
KRA-SRA-F10/21 |
1 changeover contact
(SPST) | 24 V AC/DC
92
KRA-F10/21-21 |
2 changeover contact
(DPST) | 24 V AC/DC
92
KRA-S-F10/21-21 |
2 changeover contact
(DPST) | 24 V AC/DC
106
KMA-F8
106
KMAi-F8
90
KRA-F8/21 |
1 changeover contact
(SPST) | 24 V AC/ DC
90
KRA-S-F8/21 |
1 changeover contact
(SPST) | 24 V AC/DC
91
KRA-SR-F10/21 |
1 changeover contact
(SPST) | 24 V AC/DC
91
KRA-SRA-F10/21 |
1 changeover contact
(SPST) | 24 V AC/DC
92
KRA-F10/21-21 |
2 changeover contact
(DPST) | 24 V AC/DC
92
KRA-S-F10/21-21 |
2 changeover contact
(DPST) | 24 V AC/DC
108
PV10 F10
Dimensional drawing Dimensional drawing
150
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110727 trans-
parent
4250184123194
Labeling plate Series KMA F8
The labeling plate was designed especially for analog encoders
with spring-clamp terminals. Great importance was attached
to an area for the device tag and one for identification.
• Material: ABS, transparent
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
850349-02 black 10 poles 4250184119302
Connecting bridge Series KRA-M4/M6/M8
The connecting bridge easily connects the terminal blocks of
the coupling modules of series KRA-M4/M6/M8, without
having to wire them individually. The connecting bridge has 10
poles and is available with grid dimension 11.5 mm. The end
mounts completely insulate the comb-type back to provide
finger protection.
• Mechanically polished surface
• Flame retardant, self-extinguishing to UL 94V-2
Rated voltage 250 V
Rated current 10 A
Number of poles 10
Grid dimension 11.5 mm
Upper temperature limit 100 °C
Lower temperature limit -40 °C
Material / jumper CuZN 37 F54
Ingress protection IP20
Interface modules | Coupling modules
Labeling plate Series KMA
F8 is matching accessory
for
Page
Matching accessory
for Connecting bridge
Series KRA-M4/M6/M8
Page
106
KMA-F8
106
KMAi-F8
153
End Mount
5
Accessories
Connecting bridge Series
KRA-M4/M6/M8 is matching
accessory for
Page
KRA-M4/1 | 24 V AC/DC 93
KRA-M4/1 LC | 24 V AC/DC 93
KRA-M4/1 | 24 V DC 94
KRA-M4/1 | 230 V AC 94
KRA-M6/1-1 95
KRA-M6/1-1 | 24 V AC/DC 95
KRA-M6/1-2 96
KRA-M6/21 97
KRA-M6/21 98
KRA-S-M6/21 98
KRA-M8/21-21 99
KRA-M8/21-21 12V AC/DC 99
KRA-SR-M8/21 99
KRA-M8/21-21 100
Dimensional drawing Dimensional drawing
151
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
820234-01-9 white 4250184119319
Labeling plate Series KRA-M4/M6/M8
The labeling plate was designed especially for coupling
modules with switch because the labeling cannot be attached
to the coupling module due to the incorporated switch.
• Material: PA 66, flame retardant and self-extinguishing to
UL-94-V2
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
820165-2 black 4250184119326
End mount for connecting bridge
To be placed on the ends of the connecting bridge. The end
mount completely insulates the comb-type back to provide
finger protection.
• Material: PC Makrolon 2805 mat finish, eroded
Interface modules | Coupling modules
Labeling plate Series KRA-
M4/M6/M8 is matching
accessory for
Page
End mount for connecting
bridge is matching acces-
sory for
Page
5
Accessories
93
KRA-M4/1 LC | 1 normally
open contact (SPST-NO) |
24 V AC/DC
93
KRA-M4/1 | 1 normally
open contact (SPST-NO) |
24 V AC/DC
94
KRA-M4/1 | 1 normally
open contact (SPST-NO) |
24 V DC
94
KRA-M4/1 | 1 normally
open contact (SPST-NO) |
230 V AC
95
KRA-M6/1-1 | 2 normally
open contacts (2 SPST-NO)
| 24 V AC/DC
95
KRA-M6/1-1
96
KRA-M6/1-2
96
KRA-M6/1-2
97
KRA-M6/21
97
KRA-M6/21
97
KRA-M6/21
98
KRA-M6/21
98
KRA-S-M6/21
99
KRA-SR-M8/21
99
KRA-M8/21-21
99
KRA-M8/21-21 12V AC/DC
100
KRA-M8/21-21
100
KRA-M8/21-21
150
Connecting bridge,
10 pole
152
Connecting bridge, 5 pole
Dimensional drawing Dimensional drawing
152
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
11017905 black 230 V AC 4250184120438
11017910 black 24 V AC 4250184120445
RC module for industrial sockets
RC module for 230 V AC or 24 V AC to suppress interference.
• For relay modules of the RM series and 14-pole Industry
sockets
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
850349-03 black 5 pole 4250184119296
Connecting bridge for industrial sockets
The connecting bridge easily connects the terminal blocks of
the 14-pole Industry sockets 110175 and 110178, without
having to wire them individually. The connecting bridge has
5 poles and is available with grid dimension 28.1 mm. The end
mounts completely insulate the comb-type back to provide
finger protection.
• Mechanically polished surface
• Flame retardant, self-extinguishing to UL 94V-2
Rated voltage 250 V
Rated current 10 A
Number of poles 5
Grid dimension 28.1 mm
Upper temperature limit 100 °C
Lower temperature limit -40 °C
Material / jumper CuZN 37 F54
Ingress protection IP20
Interface modules | Industrial sockets
RC module for industrial
sockets is matching acces-
sory for
Page
Matching accessory
for Connecting bridge
for industrial sockets
Page
102
RM 21-21
103
RM 21-21
103
RM 21-21
103
RM3-2W
104
RM3-2W
104
RM3-2W
125
Socket 14 poles for elec-
tronic modules
153
End Mount
5
Accessories
Dimensional drawing Dimensional drawing
Connecting bridge for
industrial sockets is
matching accessory for
Page
Socket 14 poles 3-tiers 124
Socket 14 poles 2-tiers for
electronic modules 125
153
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
820165-2 black 4250184119326
End mount for connecting bridge
To be placed on the ends of the connecting bridge. The end
mount completely insulates the comb-type back to provide
finger protection.
• Material: PC Makrolon 2805 mat finish, eroded
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
817133 holder wire 4250184119333
Holding Bracket Wire
Metal holding bracket for securing the relay in the relay socket.
It avoids that the relay gets loose due to vibrations.
Interface modules | Industrial sockets
End mount for connecting
bridge is matching acces-
sory for
Page
Holding Bracket Wire is
matching accessory for
Page
5
Accessories
150
Connecting bridge,
10 pole
152
Connecting bridge, 5 pole
124
Socket 14 poles
125
Socket 14 poles for elec-
tronic modules
Dimensional drawing
154
P/N Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN
110189 black holder plastics 4250184120513
Holding bracket plastic
Plastic holding bracket for securing the relay in the relay
socket. It avoids that the relay gets loose due to vibrations.
Interface modules | Industrial sockets
Holding bracket plastic is
matching accessory for
Page
124
Socket 14 poles
125
Socket 14 poles for elec-
tronic modules
5
Accessories
Contents | Index 155
Index
1 Index - P/N 156
2 Index - Product name 159
156
P/N Product name Page
110015051206 R274 | 2 changeover contacts (2 DPST) 122
110015051406 R274 | 4 changeover contacts (4 DPST) 123
110015051408 R274 | 4 changeover contacts (4 DPST) gold plated contacts 123
110015101206 R274 | 2 changeover contacts (2 DPST) 122
110015101406 R274 | 4 changeover contacts (4 DPST) 123
110015101408 R274 | 4 changeover contacts (4 DPST) gold plated contacts 123
110015251206 R274 | 2 changeover contacts (2 DPST) 122
110015251406 R274 | 4 changeover contacts (4 DPST) 123
110015251408 R274 | 4 changeover contacts (4 DPST) gold plated contacts 123
110015271406 R274 | 4 changeover contacts (4 DPST) 123
110016051307 HF10FH | 3 changeover contacts (3 DPST) 122
110016101307 HF10FH | 3 changeover contacts (3 DPST) 122
110016251307 HF10FH | 3 changeover contacts (3 DPST) 122
110050 Echelon PC Card LonTalk Adapter 63
110051 Echelon PC Card LonTalk Adapter 63
110054 Echelon PCI Network Adapter 62
110058 Echelon Multi Port Router 61
110117 Socket 11 poles 124
110146 Mounting bracket HWR 80
110149 Two-wire sensor 80
1101500522 DRIW-E16 | 230 V 79
1101501322 DRIW-E16 | 24 V AC/DC 79
110151 Mounting bracket HWF 81
11015605 FSB-E12 88
11016005270317 RSD-E10 132
11016005270417 RSD-E10 132
11016005270517 RSD-E10 132
11016013270317 RSD-E10 132
11016141280417 RSDw-E10 132
11016141280517 RSDw-E10 132
110175 Socket 14 poles 3-tiers 124
110178 Socket 14 poles 2-tiers for electronic modules 125
11017905 RC module for industrial sockets 152
11017910 RC module for industrial sockets 152
1101810507 TAmini 50 A / 5 A 148
1101810508 TAmini 100 A / 5 A 148
110189 Holding bracket plastic 154
110195 MOXA EtherDevice Switch 5 Port 71
110196 MOXA EtherDevice Switch 8 Port 71
11019601 MOXA EtherDevice Switch 8 Port 71
11021003E Echelon LonMaker SR4 Standard 59
11021019E Echelon LonMaker SR4 Standard 59
11021220 Echelon i.LON Smart Server 60
11021221 Echelon i.LON Smart Server 60
11021223 Echelon i.LON Smart Server 60
11021243 Echelon i.LON Smart Server 60
110213 Echelon i.LON 600 60
11021302 Echelon i.LON 600 60
11021303 Echelon i.LON 600 60
110214 Echelon USB Network Interface 62
110215 Echelon USB Network Interface 62
11021603E Echelon LonMaker SR4 Professional 59
11021619E Echelon LonMaker SR4 Professional 59
110270 ASD-C18 86
110271 DUW-C12 87
11027205 EIW-C18 89
11027210 EIW-C18 89
11027405 EUW-C18 89
11027605 RTM-C12 230 V 121
P/N Product name Page
11027613 RTM-C12 121
110280 LTM-E16 111
1102810520 CPW-E12 82
110281052013 CPW-E12 82
1102830530 LTRk-E12 78
11028313 LTRk-E12 78
110292032215 PFD2-E12 86
110295412030 MZAk-E10 128
110296412002 EWEk-E10 129
110296412003 EWEk-E10 129
110296412004 EWEk-E10 129
110296412009 EWEk-E10 129
110304412003 RKAk-E10 129
110304412004 RKAk-E10 129
110304412005 RKAk-E10 129
110304412008 RKAk-E10 129
110304412011 RKAk-E10 129
11030805 ENW-E12 84
11030810 ENW-E12 84
110310412230 MFRk-E12 127
110310412231 MFRk-E12 127
11031505 TMR-E12 without error memory 82
1103150522 TMR-E12 without error memory 82
1103151322 TMR-E12 without error memory 82
11031605 TMR-E12 with error memory 83
1103160522 TMR-E12 with error memory 83
1103161322 TMR-E12 with error memory 83
110324 Submersible Electrode TE1 84
110329 Leakage sensor LKS1 85
11032901 Leakage sensor LKS1 85
110352412003 RTLk-E10 128
110352412004 RTLk-E10 128
110352412005 RTLk-E10 128
110352412006 RTLk-E10 128
110352412008 RTLk-E10 128
110354412016 REWk-E10 131
110355412016 RTBk-E10 131
110361 Subassembly frame 3RU 19 inch 145
110362 Subassembly frame 3RU 10 inch 145
110365 Mounting kit for subassembly frames 146
110367 Blind module 147
110369 Terminal block for I/O Components 142
11039025 LA1 LON 58
11039125 LM1 LON 55
11039225 LM2 LON 55
11039425 LS1 LON 56
11039525 LT1 LON 56
11039613 LT2 LON 57
11039713 LT3 LON 57
11043413 KRS-C12 3VHR 115
11043513 ADU-C12 117
110486 HUB DC 141
110501 PT-C12 / PTi-C12 116
11050108 PT-C12 / PTi-C12 116
110502 PT-C12 230 / PTi-C12 230 116
11050208 PT-C12 230 / PTi-C12 230 116
11050405 RM21 | AC 102
11050410 RM21 | AC 102
11050425 RM21 | 24 V DC 101
Index | P/N
5
Index
157
P/N Product name Page
11050705 RM21-21 | AC 103
11050710 RM21-21 | AC 103
11050725 RM21-21 | 24 V DC 102
11051005 RM3-2W | AC 104
11051010 RM3-2W | AC 104
11051025 RM3-2W | 24 V DC 103
110518 SMM-E16 110
11051813 SMM-E16 110
110520 STM-C12 110
110556 S0/M Converter 66
110561 Power supply NG4 HS 141
110562 T/M Converter 66
110562IP T/M Konverter-IP65 67
1105701321 FRAS 4/21 CAN 64
1105731302 FAA 4 CAN 65
1105741306 FAE 4 CAN 65
1105751319 FDE 4 CAN 64
11060913 KRA-S12/21-21-21 101
11061213 KRA-S-M6/21 98
11061305 KRA-M4/1 | 230 V AC 94
11061313 KRA-M4/1 | 24 V AC/DC 93
11061325 KRA-M4/1 | 24 V DC 94
11061505 KRA-M6/21 | 230 V AC 98
11061513 KRA-M6/21 | AC/DC 97
11061525 KRA-M6/21 | 24 V DC 97
11061550 KRA-M6/21 | AC/DC 97
11061605 KRA-M6/1-1 | 230 V AC 95
11061613 KRA-M6/1-1 | 24 V AC/DC 95
11061705 KRA-M6/1-2 | 230 V AC 96
11061713 KRA-M6/1-2 | 24 V AC/DC 96
11061905 KRA-M8/21-21 | 230 V AC 100
11061913 KRA-M8/21-21 | AC/DC 99
11061925 KRA-M8/21-21 | 24 V DC 100
11061950 KRA-M8/21-21 | AC/DC 99
110628 KD-S12/11A 120
110629 KD-S12/11K 119
1106302517 KRE-M4/1 DC 105
1106312518 KRE-M4/1 AC 105
110639 KD-M8/4E 118
110640 KD-M8/7A 119
110641 KD-M8/7K 118
11064513 KRA-SR-M8/21 99
11065013 KRA-M4/1 LC 93
110655 KRS-E06 112
110656 KAD-C12 117
110657 MARk-E08 126
1106574133 MARk-E08 U 126
110658 MFRk-E08 / MFRk-E08 F 127
110658412014 MFRk-E08 / MFRk-E08 F 127
110659 KMAi-E08 107
110660 KMA-E08 107
110661 KRS-E06 - manual control 112
110665 KRS-E08 HR3 115
110666 KRS-E08 HRP 113
110667 KRS-E08 HR 113
110668132722 KRZ-E08 HR 109
110672 KRS1-E08 HR3 114
110673 KRS-E08 3 114
11067441203030 TERk-E08 130
P/N Product name Page
11067441203031 TERk-E08 130
11067441203130 TERk-E08 130
11067441203131 TERk-E08 130
110676132722 KRZ-E08/HR2 109
11070013 KRA-F8/21 90
11070213 KRA-F10/21-21 92
11070613 KRA-S-F8/21 90
11070713 KRA-S-F10/21-21 92
11070813 KRA-SR-F10/21 91
11071013 KRA-SRA-F10/21 91
110720 PV10 F10 108
110727 Labeling plate Series KMA F8 150
110728 Connecting bridge Series KRA-F8/F10 149
110729 Labeling plate Series KRA-F8/F10 149
110730 KMA-F8 106
110731 KMAi-F8 106
11080001 BACnet IP / BACnet MS/TP Router 34
11080101 USB/RS485 Converter 144
11083013 MR-TO4 Modbus RTU 38
1108311319 MR-DI10 Modbus RTU 36
11083213 MR-AI8 Modbus RTU 37
1108331326 MR-DIO4/2 Modbus RTU 41
110833132601 MR-DIO4/2S Modbus RTU 41
1108331326IP MR-DIO4/2-IP65 Modbus RTU 42
1108341319 MR-DI4 Modbus RTU 35
110834131901IP MR-DI4-IP65 Modbus RTU 35
1108351302 MR-AO4 Modbus RTU 40
1108361321 MR-DO4 Modbus RTU 38
110836132101 MR-DOA4 Modbus RTU 39
1108371302 MR-AOP4 Modbus RTU 40
11083813 MR-TP Modbus RTU 42
11083913 MR-SI4 Modbus RTU 36
1108401332 MR-CI4 Modbus RTU 37
11084213IP MR-AIO4/2-IP65 Modbus RTU 43
1108501319 LF-DI4 LON 44
1108511319 LF-DI10 LON 44
1108511319IP LF-DI10-IP65 LON 45
1108521321 LF-DO4 LON 48
1108521321IP LF-DO4-IP65 LON 48
11085313 LF-AI8 LON 47
11085413 LF-AOP4 LON 50
11085413IP LF-AO4-IP LON 50
1108551326 LF-DIO4/2 LON 51
1108551326IP LF-DIO4/2-IP LON 51
1108561326 LF-DM4/4 LON 52
11085713 LF-AM2/4 LON 53
11085813 LF-SI4 LON 45
11085913 LF-TP LON 52
1108601332 LF-CI4 LON 47
11086105IP LF-TI-IP65 LON 53
11086213 LF-TO4 LON 49
11086313 LF-DI230 LON 46
11087913 LF-FAM LON 54
11088013 BMT-TO4 BACnet MS/TP 30
1108811319 BMT-DI10 BACnet MS/TP 28
11088213 BMT-AI8 BACnet MS/TP 29
1108831326 BMT-DIO4/2 BACnet MS/TP 32
1108831326IP BMT-DIO4/2-IP65 BACnet MS/TP 32
1108841319 BMT-DI4 BACnet MS/TP 27
Index | P/N
5
Index
158
P/N Product name Page
1108841319IP BMT-DI4-IP65 BACnet MS/TP 27
1108851302 BMT-AO4 BACnet MS/TP 31
1108861321 BMT-DO4 BACnet MS/TP 30
1108871302 BMT-AOP4 BACnet MS/TP 31
11088813 BMT-TP 33
11088913 BMT-SI4 BACnet MS/TP 28
110900 EWIO-9180 20
110901 EWIO-9180-FB 21
110910 EWIO-9180-M 20
11095013 EW-TO4 24
1109511319 EW-DI10 22
11095213 EW-AI8 23
1109531326 EW-DIO4/2 26
1109531326IP EW-DIO4/2-IP 26
1109541319 EW-DI4 22
1109551302 EW-AO4 25
1109561321 EW-DO4 24
130280-I SAR 1 135
130283-I SAR 4 / SAR 5 135
130284-I SAR 4 / SAR 5 135
130383-E AMS 1/4 F AP 136
130592-I TZG WK 955 AP 137
130593-I TZG WK 955 UP 137
31135104 Jumper plug for I/O components 142
817133 Holding Bracket Wire 153
820165-2 End mount for connecting bridge 151
820234-01-9 Labeling plate Series KRA-M4/M6/M8 151
850349-02 Connecting bridge Series KRA-M4/M6/M8 150
850349-03 Connecting bridge for industrial sockets 152
891680 Label sheet for door installation modules 147
895604 Auxiliary cam for shafts up to 80 mm 81
ASP0250404 Terminal block for door installation modules 143
Index | P/N
5
Index
159
Product name P/N Page
ADU-C12 11043513 117
AMS 1/4 F AP 130383-E 136
ASD-C18 110270 86
Auxiliary cam for shafts up to 80 mm 895604 81
BACnet IP / BACnet MS/TP Router 11080001 34
Blind module 110367 147
BMT-AI8 BACnet MS/TP 11088213 29
BMT-AO4 BACnet MS/TP 1108851302 31
BMT-AOP4 BACnet MS/TP 1108871302 31
BMT-DI10 BACnet MS/TP 1108811319 28
BMT-DI4 BACnet MS/TP 1108841319 27
BMT-DI4-IP65 BACnet MS/TP 1108841319IP 27
BMT-DIO4/2 BACnet MS/TP 1108831326 32
BMT-DIO4/2-IP65 BACnet MS/TP 1108831326IP 32
BMT-DO4 BACnet MS/TP 1108861321 30
BMT-SI4 BACnet MS/TP 11088913 28
BMT-TO4 BACnet MS/TP 11088013 30
BMT-TP 11088813 33
Connecting bridge for industrial sockets 850349-03 152
Connecting bridge Series KRA-F8/F10 110728 149
Connecting bridge Series KRA-M4/M6/M8 850349-02 150
CPW-E12 1102810520 82
CPW-E12 110281052013 82
DRIW-E16 | 230 V 1101500522 79
DRIW-E16 | 24 V AC/DC 1101501322 79
DUW-C12 110271 87
Echelon i.LON 600 110213 60
Echelon i.LON 600 11021302 60
Echelon i.LON 600 11021303 60
Echelon i.LON Smart Server 11021220 60
Echelon i.LON Smart Server 11021221 60
Echelon i.LON Smart Server 11021223 60
Echelon i.LON Smart Server 11021243 60
Echelon LonMaker SR4 Professional 11021603E 59
Echelon LonMaker SR4 Professional 11021619E 59
Echelon LonMaker SR4 Standard 11021003E 59
Echelon LonMaker SR4 Standard 11021019E 59
Echelon Multi Port Router 110058 61
Echelon PC Card LonTalk Adapter 110050 63
Echelon PC Card LonTalk Adapter 110051 63
Echelon PCI Network Adapter 110054 62
Echelon USB Network Interface 110214 62
Echelon USB Network Interface 110215 62
EIW-C18 11027205 89
EIW-C18 11027210 89
End mount for connecting bridge 820165-2 151
End mount for connecting bridge 820165-2 153
ENW-E12 11030805 84
ENW-E12 11030810 84
EUW-C18 11027405 89
EW-AI8 11095213 23
EW-AO4 1109551302 25
EW-DI10 1109511319 22
EW-DI4 1109541319 22
EW-DIO4/2 1109531326 26
EW-DIO4/2-IP 1109531326IP 26
EW-DO4 1109561321 24
EWEk-E10 110296412002 129
EWEk-E10 110296412003 129
Product name P/N Page
EWEk-E10 110296412004 129
EWEk-E10 110296412009 129
EWIO-9180 110900 20
EWIO-9180-FB 110901 21
EWIO-9180-M 110910 20
EW-TO4 11095013 24
FAA 4 CAN 1105731302 65
FAE 4 CAN 1105741306 65
FDE 4 CAN 1105751319 64
FRAS 4/21 CAN 1105701321 64
FSB-E12 11015605 88
HF10FH | 3 changeover contacts (3 DPST) 110016051307 122
HF10FH | 3 changeover contacts (3 DPST) 110016101307 122
HF10FH | 3 changeover contacts (3 DPST) 110016251307 122
Holding bracket plastic 110189 154
Holding Bracket Wire 817133 153
HUB DC 110486 141
Jumper plug for I/O components 31135104 142
KAD-C12 110656 117
KD-M8/4E 110639 118
KD-M8/7A 110640 119
KD-M8/7K 110641 118
KD-S12/11A 110628 120
KD-S12/11K 110629 119
KMA-E08 110660 107
KMA-F8 110730 106
KMAi-E08 110659 107
KMAi-F8 110731 106
KRA-F10/21-21 11070213 92
KRA-F8/21 11070013 90
KRA-M4/1 | 230 V AC 11061305 94
KRA-M4/1 | 24 V AC/DC 11061313 93
KRA-M4/1 | 24 V DC 11061325 94
KRA-M4/1 LC 11065013 93
KRA-M6/1-1 | 230 V AC 11061605 95
KRA-M6/1-1 | 24 V AC/DC 11061613 95
KRA-M6/1-2 | 230 V AC 11061705 96
KRA-M6/1-2 | 24 V AC/DC 11061713 96
KRA-M6/21 | 230 V AC 11061505 98
KRA-M6/21 | 24 V DC 11061525 97
KRA-M6/21 | AC/DC 11061513 97
KRA-M6/21 | AC/DC 11061550 97
KRA-M8/21-21 | 230 V AC 11061905 100
KRA-M8/21-21 | 24 V DC 11061925 100
KRA-M8/21-21 | AC/DC 11061913 99
KRA-M8/21-21 | AC/DC 11061950 99
KRA-S12/21-21-21 11060913 101
KRA-S-F10/21-21 11070713 92
KRA-S-F8/21 11070613 90
KRA-S-M6/21 11061213 98
KRA-SRA-F10/21 11071013 91
KRA-SR-F10/21 11070813 91
KRA-SR-M8/21 11064513 99
KRE-M4/1 AC 1106312518 105
KRE-M4/1 DC 1106302517 105
KRS1-E08 HR3 110672 114
KRS-C12 3VHR 11043413 115
KRS-E06 110655 112
KRS-E06 - manual control 110661 112
Index | Product name
5
Index
160
Product name P/N Page
KRS-E08 3 110673 114
KRS-E08 HR 110667 113
KRS-E08 HR3 110665 115
KRS-E08 HRP 110666 113
KRZ-E08 HR 110668132722 109
KRZ-E08/HR2 110676132722 109
LA1 LON 11039025 58
Label sheet for door installation modules 891680 147
Labeling plate Series KMA F8 110727 150
Labeling plate Series KRA-F8/F10 110729 149
Labeling plate Series KRA-M4/M6/M8 820234-01-9 151
Leakage sensor LKS1 110329 85
Leakage sensor LKS1 11032901 85
LF-AI8 LON 11085313 47
LF-AM2/4 LON 11085713 53
LF-AO4-IP LON 11085413IP 50
LF-AOP4 LON 11085413 50
LF-CI4 LON 1108601332 47
LF-DI10 LON 1108511319 44
LF-DI10-IP65 LON 1108511319IP 45
LF-DI230 LON 11086313 46
LF-DI4 LON 1108501319 44
LF-DIO4/2 LON 1108551326 51
LF-DIO4/2-IP LON 1108551326IP 51
LF-DM4/4 LON 1108561326 52
LF-DO4 LON 1108521321 48
LF-DO4-IP65 LON 1108521321IP 48
LF-FAM LON 11087913 54
LF-SI4 LON 11085813 45
LF-TI-IP65 LON 11086105IP 53
LF-TO4 LON 11086213 49
LF-TP LON 11085913 52
LM1 LON 11039125 55
LM2 LON 11039225 55
LS1 LON 11039425 56
LT1 LON 11039525 56
LT2 LON 11039613 57
LT3 LON 11039713 57
LTM-E16 110280 111
LTRk-E12 11028313 78
LTRk-E12 1102830530 78
MARk-E08 110657 126
MARk-E08 U 1106574133 126
MFRk-E08 / MFRk-E08 F 110658 127
MFRk-E08 / MFRk-E08 F 110658412014 127
MFRk-E12 110310412230 127
MFRk-E12 110310412231 127
Mounting bracket HWF 110151 81
Mounting bracket HWR 110146 80
Mounting kit for subassembly frames 110365 146
MOXA EtherDevice Switch 5 Port 110195 71
MOXA EtherDevice Switch 8 Port 110196 71
MOXA EtherDevice Switch 8 Port 11019601 71
MR-AI8 Modbus RTU 11083213 37
MR-AIO4/2-IP65 Modbus RTU 11084213IP 43
MR-AO4 Modbus RTU 1108351302 40
MR-AOP4 Modbus RTU 1108371302 40
MR-CI4 Modbus RTU 1108401332 37
MR-DI10 Modbus RTU 1108311319 36
Product name P/N Page
MR-DI4 Modbus RTU 1108341319 35
MR-DI4-IP65 Modbus RTU 110834131901IP 35
MR-DIO4/2 Modbus RTU 1108331326 41
MR-DIO4/2-IP65 Modbus RTU 1108331326IP 42
MR-DIO4/2S Modbus RTU 110833132601 41
MR-DO4 Modbus RTU 1108361321 38
MR-DOA4 Modbus RTU 110836132101 39
MR-SI4 Modbus RTU 11083913 36
MR-TO4 Modbus RTU 11083013 38
MR-TP Modbus RTU 11083813 42
MZAk-E10 110295412030 128
PFD2-E12 110292032215 86
Power supply NG4 HS 110561 141
PT-C12 / PTi-C12 110501 116
PT-C12 / PTi-C12 11050108 116
PT-C12 230 / PTi-C12 230 110502 116
PT-C12 230 / PTi-C12 230 11050208 116
PV10 F10 110720 108
R274 | 2 changeover contacts (2 DPST) 110015051206 122
R274 | 2 changeover contacts (2 DPST) 110015101206 122
R274 | 2 changeover contacts (2 DPST) 110015251206 122
R274 | 4 changeover contacts (4 DPST) 110015051406 123
R274 | 4 changeover contacts (4 DPST) 110015101406 123
R274 | 4 changeover contacts (4 DPST) 110015251406 123
R274 | 4 changeover contacts (4 DPST) 110015271406 123
R274 | 4 changeover contacts (4 DPST) gold plated contacts 110015051408 123
R274 | 4 changeover contacts (4 DPST) gold plated contacts 110015101408 123
R274 | 4 changeover contacts (4 DPST) gold plated contacts 110015251408 123
RC module for industrial sockets 11017905 152
RC module for industrial sockets 11017910 152
REWk-E10 110354412016 131
RKAk-E10 110304412003 129
RKAk-E10 110304412004 129
RKAk-E10 110304412005 129
RKAk-E10 110304412008 129
RKAk-E10 110304412011 129
RM21 | 24 V DC 11050425 101
RM21 | AC 11050410 102
RM21 | AC 11050405 102
RM21-21 | 24 V DC 11050725 102
RM21-21 | AC 11050705 103
RM21-21 | AC 11050710 103
RM3-2W | 24 V DC 11051025 103
RM3-2W | AC 11051005 104
RM3-2W | AC 11051010 104
RSD-E10 11016005270317 132
RSD-E10 11016005270417 132
RSD-E10 11016005270517 132
RSD-E10 11016013270317 132
RSDw-E10 11016141280417 132
RSDw-E10 11016141280517 132
RTBk-E10 110355412016 131
RTLk-E10 110352412003 128
RTLk-E10 110352412004 128
RTLk-E10 110352412005 128
RTLk-E10 110352412006 128
RTLk-E10 110352412008 128
RTM-C12 11027613 121
RTM-C12 230 V 11027605 121
Index | Product name
5
Index
161
Product name P/N Page
S0/M Converter 110556 66
SAR 1 130280-I 135
SAR 4 / SAR 5 130283-I 135
SAR 4 / SAR 5 130284-I 135
SMM-E16 11051813 110
SMM-E16 110518 110
Socket 11 poles 110117 124
Socket 14 poles 2-tiers for electronic modules 110178 125
Socket 14 poles 3-tiers 110175 124
STM-C12 110520 110
Subassembly frame 3RU 10 inch 110362 145
Subassembly frame 3RU 19 inch 110361 145
Submersible Electrode TE1 110324 84
T/M Converter 110562 66
T/M Konverter-IP65 110562IP 67
TAmini 100 A / 5 A 1101810508 148
TAmini 50 A / 5 A 1101810507 148
TERk-E08 11067441203030 130
TERk-E08 11067441203031 130
TERk-E08 11067441203130 130
TERk-E08 11067441203131 130
Terminal block for door installation modules ASP0250404 143
Terminal block for I/O Components 110369 142
TMR-E12 with error memory 11031605 83
TMR-E12 with error memory 1103160522 83
TMR-E12 with error memory 1103161322 83
TMR-E12 without error memory 11031505 82
TMR-E12 without error memory 1103150522 82
TMR-E12 without error memory 1103151322 82
Two-wire sensor 110149 80
TZG WK 955 AP 130592-I 137
TZG WK 955 UP 130593-I 137
USB/RS485 Converter 11080101 144
Index | Product name
5
Index
162 Notes
5
Index
163
Notes
5
Index
A powerful team!
164
165
Contents | Contact
Always there for you
The success of METZ CONNECT is based on competence
and the commitment of their worldwide active personnel.
Out of their knowledge, qualification and experience that
they contribute in the different areas result the successful,
reliable and high-quality solutions for your networks.
In our sales teams work excellent professionals with profound
knowledge of the different product ranges, technologies
and markets. They do not want to be just sales people but
your contact and consultant to work out together with you
the ideal solution for your networks.
Your demands mean challenge to us and to offer you the
matching solution will be the confirmation for our work.
So just put the rules to the test – give us a challenge!
METZ CONNECT worldwide 166
Contacts 167
General Information 168
166
@
METZ CONNECT worldwide
Tinton Falls
Strasbourg Budapest
Shanghai
Hong Kong
Zhongshan
Singapore
Thal
BLUMBERG
METZ CONNECT
USA Inc.
200 Tornillo Way
Tinton Falls, NJ 07712
USA
Phone + 1 . 732 . 389 1300
Fax + 1 . 732 . 389 9066
www.metz-connect.com
PRODUCTION SITES
MCQ TECH GmbH
Ottilienweg 9
78176 Blumberg
Germany
Phone + 49 . 77 02 . 533-0
Fax + 49 . 77 02 . 533-433
www.metz-connect.com
METZ CONNECT
Hungary Kft
1201 Budapest
Helsinki út 51
Hungary
Phone + 36 . 1 . 289 10 20
Fax + 36 . 1 . 284 09 47
METZ CONNECT
Zhongshan Ltd.
Ping Chang Road
Ping Pu Industrial Park
Sanxiang Town
Zhongshan City
Guangdong Province
China, Zip code: 528 463
METZ CONNECT
France SAS
28, Rue Schweighaeuser
67000 Strasbourg
France
Phone + 33 . 3 . 886 170 73
Fax + 33 . 3 . 886 194 73
www.metz-connect.com
METZ CONNECT GmbH
Im Tal 2
78176 Blumberg
Germany
Phone + 49 . 77 02 . 533-0
Fax + 49 . 7702 . 533-189
www.metz-connect.com
BTR swiss AG
Postfach 162
9425 Thal
Switzerland
Phone + 41 . 71 . 920 10 30
Fax + 41 . 71 . 920 10 31
www.metz-connect.com
METZ CONNECT
Bredaseweg 185
4872 LA Etten-Leur
Netherlands
Phone + 31 . 76 . 508 34 10
Fax + 41 . 76 . 508 35 01
www.metz-connect.com
METZ CONNECT
Russia
127411 Mo s co w
Dmitrovskoe Chaussee
House 157, Building 5,
Office 5339
Phone +7 . 495 . 514 38 02
www.metz-connect.com
Shanghai Branch
140, Tian Lin Road,
Building Number 28,
Unit 1F-25
XuHui, Shanghai 200233
China
Phone + 86 . 21 . 336 342 28
Phone + 86 . 21 . 336 343 34
Fax + 86 . 21 . 336 342 24
METZ CONNECT
Asia Pacific Limited
Suite 701, 7/F,
Chinachem
Hollywood Centre
1–13 Hollywood Road
Central
Hong Kong
SALES OFFICES
Moscow
METZ CONNECT
(SINGAPORE)
PTE. LTD.
1 Kaki Bukit Ave 3
#04-08, KB-1
Singapore 416087
Phone + 65 . 67 47 . 09 98
Fax + 65 . 67 46 . 31 20
www.metz-connect.com
LA Etten-Leur
167
@
Contact
Contacts
You will find your responsible contacts for your sector in your region at our website:
http://www.metz-connect.com/en/contact-search
!
General Information
All the information, descriptions and illustrations given in this catalog are non-binding.
It does in no way entitle to deduce warranty claims.
Subject to change without prior notice.
No liability accepted for printing errors.
© METZ CONNECT GmbH, Im Tal 2, 78176 Blumberg, Germany
All rights reserved, especially the right of reproduction and translation. Reproduction
or electronic storage, processing, copying and publication of any part of this
document is subject to prior approval by METZ CONNECT GmbH.
Please note
168
Terms and Conditions of Sale, Delivery and Payment
of METZ CONNECT GmbH (HRB 611606)
Im Tal 2 | 78176 Blumberg | Germany
I. Sphere of application, validity
1.1 The Terms and Conditions of Sale, Delivery and Payment set out below shall apply to all tran-
sactions and deliveries between ourselves and undertakings (Section 14 BGB [Civil Code]) and
with legal entities under public law and public law special trust assets.
1.2 Our Terms and Conditions of Sale, Delivery and Payment shall not apply to transactions with
consumers (Section 13 BGB).
1.3 ditions which are contrary or which vary from our own Terms and Conditions of Sale, Delivery
and Payment, unless we have explicitly approved their validity in writing or in text format. Our
Terms and Conditions of Sale, Delivery and Payment shall still apply, even if we execute delivery
to the customer in the knowledge that the customer‘s terms and conditions are contrary to or
vary from our own Terms and Conditions of Sale, Delivery and Payment.
1.4 In the case of orders and deliveries between ourselves and foreign customers, it is agreed that
the law of the Federal Republic of Germany shall apply to all business relations, irrespective
of their legal basis. The contractual language for our business relations with a foreign customer
is either German or English, at our option. Our choice will be made based on the language we
use when dealing with the customer.
1.5 If our products are exported, we are not liable for ensuring that they are capable of being
exported, nor are we responsible for the procuring of official authorizations, nor for the compli-
ance with any regulations concerning foreign trade in the designated land of exportation. The
customer is responsible for verifying and ensuring that all national regulations of the specific
land of exportation are complied with.
1.6 If one or several provisions of these terms and conditions should be void regardless of the legal
basis the validity of the other provisions shall not be affected thereby.
II. Contract conclusion, scope of delivery
2.1 Our quotations shall be without commitment.
2.2 A contract shall be deemed to have been concluded exclusively on the basis of our order con-
firmation which shall be drawn up in writing or in text format. The order confirmation shall
contain our delivery commitments and shall specify the condition of the products to be deli-
vered. The condition and performance of our products are additionally in agreement with the
specifications of the catalogue valid at the time of our order confirmation. Ancillary agreements
and subsequent agreements must be set out in writing or in text format.
2.3 If we fail to provide the customer any confirmation of its order, then forwarding of the delivery
with an invoice and/or delivery note shall equate to acceptance of the order.
2.4 The condition of the product to be delivered shall additionally be determined by means of the
article number and article description to which reference is made in the order confirmation or
in the delivery note or the invoice.
2.5 The customer must check all his dimensional and product requirements. We are not obliged to
verify the dimensions, the product data and the specifications given by the customer.
The customer is responsible for verifying the compatibility of the components he uses together
with our products when he uses our products together with other components (e.g. plugs for
our socket,) and is likewise responsible for ensuring that these uses comply with national and
EU standards and guidelines.
III. Delivery time, transfer of risk
3.1 The delivery time shall be deemed to have been agreed as approximate. It shall be deemed to
be a fixed date only where it has been explicitly designated as such.
3.2 If we are prevented from or hindered in performance of our assignment through the occurrence
of unforeseen events, which we were unable to avert despite applying the level of due care
which could be expected of us in the circumstances, irrespective of whether such events occur
at our own premises or at those of our subsidiary suppliers, e.g. breakdowns, delay in the
delivery of key vendor parts, official measures, embargo, risk of war, force majeure or strike,
then the delivery period shall be extended by the duration of such hindrance. If delivery or
performance is impossible as a result of the circumstances listed, then we shall be exempted
from our delivery commitment.
3.3 The risk for individual deliveries shall pass to the customer at the time of dispatch of the goods
or their delivery to the carrier/freighter ex works Blumberg (EXW Incoterms 2000).
3.4 The customer must take delivery of and store shipped and delivered goods, even if these are
defective. In doing so, the customer does not waive his rights to give notice of and claim for
defects.
3.5 Part deliveries and part performances shall be admissible. These shall be deemed to be indepen-
dent deliveries and may be charged immediately.
3.6 In the case of special production orders, we reserve the right to under-/over-deliver by up to
10 % of the delivery quantities ordered and/or for which the order has been confirmed.
IV. Prices, payments
4.1 Unless otherwise agreed, our prices shall be held to be ex works Blumberg in euro. VAT at the
statutory rate shall be added to the prices.
4.2 Unless explicitly agreed otherwise, payments shall fall due within 14 days of the invoice date
subject to 2 % discount, and net within 30 days. Discounts shall be applied only on the ex works
price, excluding freight, shipment and other incidental costs, and only provided all the custo-
mer‘s debts arising out of the business relationship have been paid. The statutory provisions
shall apply in the event of default.
4.3 The customer is not permitted to retain any payments because of notice of defects or other
counterclaims which we have not recognized or which have not become res judicata, nor is he
permitted to offset the payments against such counterclaims.
V. Reservation of ownership
5.1 The customer shall provide us with the following agreed collateral for all our claims against it
arising out of the business relationship, irrespective of their legal basis. The customer shall have
authority to demand the release of collateral inasmuch as it exceeds 20 % of the value of our
claims. We shall be obliged to release individual items of collateral, and may select which items
to release.
5.2 The goods delivered shall remain our property until payment in full of the purchase price and of
all claims of any kind arising out of the entire business relationship. Ownership shall not transfer
until all payments, including all incidental claims, have been paid. Only the date of encashment
shall apply in the event of payments by cheque. The customer shall not be entitled to pledge
the goods or to transfer their ownership by way of security.
5.3 In the event of behaviour by the customer in breach of contract, or of default on its part, we
shall have authority to take back the goods and to oblige the customer to hand them over. If
we assert our reservation of ownership and attach goods, this shall not signify withdrawal from
the contract. Section 449 (2) BGB shall be excluded.
5.4 The customer shall only be authorised to resell within the ordinary course of its business. It
hereby assigns to us the resulting receivable, in the amount of our final invoice including VAT,
and undertakes to supply the name and address of the third party debtor and the amounts of
the receivables in question, upon request. The receivable arising from resale of our goods may
not be assigned to third parties, including banks.
5.5 The customer shall be obliged to insure all goods not paid for against losses, in particular
against fire, water damage and breakage.
The customer undertakes to supply us with the name of the indemnity insurer concerned and
shall assign to us its claim against the insurer concerned with respect to unpaid goods at the
time of occurrence of the insured loss, by way of provisional performance.
5.6 If, in the case of a delivery for export, the above provision in relation to reservation of ownership
is invalid in the country of export, or if it must be supplemented and/or requires registration in
order to be valid, then the customer shall be obliged and we shall have authority to conclude
a collateral agreement according to the law of the country of export, which comes as close
as possible to the commercial purpose of our purchase price collateral, and to undertake the
requisite registration. If the export customer is in default with payments, then we shall have au-
thority to take possession of the goods and to store these separately or outside the customer‘s
business premises, without this implying withdrawal from the contract or cancellation thereof.
VI. Obligation to serve notice of a defect, performance problems,
material defects, liability
6.1 The customer‘s duty to serve notice of a defect and duty of care
6.1.1 It is the customer‘s responsibility to examine the products delivered by us for faults or defects
and to verify the quantities delivered within four days of delivery and to inform us within 14
days of any faults, defects or deviations in quantity in such a way that we are able to identify
faults, defects or deviations in quantity, so that we may comply with our obligation to carry
out remedial work.
6.1.2 If the customer learns of breaches of duty and/or material defects with respect to the products
supplied to him by us and by him to his customers, then he undertakes to inform us imme-
diately in such a way that we shall be in a position to confirm the defaults indicated and/or
defects at the place of use. If we are not notified immediately, then our customer shall be
deemed to have approved the goods.
6.1.3 In the event of recourse by a customer against a supplier or based on the supply chain due
to material defects experienced by the customer as a result of our product, our customer
undertakes to only carry out subsequent performance towards its own customer or towards
customers entitled under the supply chain after consultation with ourselves to determine the
appropriate technical and commercial measures.
6.2 Rights in relation to defects
6.2.1 In the event of defaults, breaches of duty and/or material defects, we shall have the right
vis-à-vis the customer to elect to remedy the defect by replacement or to remedy it in another
manner within a reasonable period. The right of remedy shall be restricted to two attempted
remedies. If the default, breach of duty and/or material defect occurs at the customer‘s place
of delivery or at the place of delivery of one of his customers within a supply chain, then the
customer must give us the opportunity of carrying out our rectification at the place of delivery
of our product.
6.2.2 Our customer undertakes not to acknowledge any claims based on defects by his own custo-
mers or third parties within the supply chain without consulting with ourselves.
6.3 Liability
6.3.1 In the event of serious breaches of duty and default with respect to „cardinal“ duties and
duties of performance and/or material defects, we shall be absolutely liable in the event of
- gross culpability
- grossly negligent culpability on the part of our Managing Directors and/or senior
executives
- culpable injury to the life, limb or health of individuals
- material defects which have been fraudulently concealed
- guarantees explicitly given in writing
- defects in products, insofar as there is liability for personal injury or material damage
under the Product Liability Act.
6.3.2 In the event of negligent breach of duty, performance problems or materials defects caused,
for which we are culpable, our liability shall be restricted to remedy or replacement delivery
and/or to reimbursement of expenses.
6.3.3 We accept no liability towards our customers in the event of breaches of non-essential duties,
defaults and other incidental duties, nor do we accept liability for non-essential deviations
from specifications relating to the performance and condition of our products.
6.3.4 All claims for damages against us shall be restricted to such damages which are foreseeable
for us at the time of conclusion of the contract through the use of the products delivered by
us.
6.3.5 In the event that we are obliged to pay damages on the basis of negligent culpability, our
duty to pay indemnity and/or for expenses shall be restricted to 5 times the product price
per occurrence, and in the event of serial losses, to 3 times the product price per defective
product, plus the replacement product concerned.
6.3.6 In the event that the customer exports our products, including using them for further proces-
sing or as components, we shall not be liable for ensuring that the products are capable of
being exported, nor for ensuring that no official approval is required nor for the freedom to
import them in our customer‘s countries of importation.
6.3.7 Claims of the customer based on claims for defects or breaches of duty contrary to contract
shall become barred by limitation after a period of one year. The start of this period is deter-
mined by the date of the delivery note indicating the delivery of the product. The one-year
period of limitation shall not apply if, according to a mandatory legal regulation, the limitation
period is longer; this shall also apply in the event of injury to life, limb or health; of intentional
or grossly negligent culpability on our part; and of fraudulent intent by ourselves or our staff;
and of failure to disclose a defect; in which case the legal provisions shall apply.
VII. Product Liability
7.1 Should we, owing to omissions or defects in the performance of the object of delivery or
owing to faulty advice, information or suggestions for use, be responsible for damages suffe-
red by our customer, including on the basis of product liability provisions, during or after the
term of the contract, the provisions governing liability for defects in the delivery as defined in
VI between us and the customer shall apply to the exclusion of all other claims regardless of
the basis of such claims. Should the exclusion of liability or limitation of liability for product
liability as outlined above be invalid and on the merits of the situation should we be liable to
our customer, liability shall be limited to the respective amounts of the insurance sum
for personal damages and damages to property provided by the insurance coverage taken
out by us with our insurance agent.
7.2 Should a case of product liability arise, the customer shall not assert any claims whatsoever for
damages to property greater than the sum covered by our insurance agent.
7.3 We and our customer exclude any assertion of claims for product liability asserted by third
parties as a result of assignments of the third party to the customer. The customer is not
entitled to assert claims against us originating from the supply chain.
7.4 We and our customer undertake to aid one another in fending off any such claims which may
be asserted by third parties.
VIII. Guarantee declarations
8.1 Any guarantee declaration must be made separately in writing and shall not be
included in the order confirmation.
8.2 A guarantee declaration shall only validly materialise provided it is signed by a ma-
naging director with sole signatory authority or by a managing director with joint
representative authority together with another managing director or a prokurist
[officer with statutory authority].
8.3 Provisions relating to condition and performance descriptions and/or product spe-
cifications shall not contain any guarantee declarations. The assumption of tacit
guarantees shall be explicitly excluded.
IX. Data Protection
9.1 We are entitled to store and process customer data we receive as a result of our business
relations, insofar as the customer is entitled to dispose of this data, for use in our business
relations.
X. Place of performance, Venue
10.1 Place of performance and venue for delivery and payment for the business relation with our
customer is Blumberg.
1 January 2006 version
METZ CONNECT GmbH
Im Tal 2
78176 Blumberg
Germany
Pho ne + 49 77 02 533- 0
Fax + 49 77 02 533-189
info@metz-connect.com
www.metz-connect.com
METZ CONNECT USA Inc.
200 Tornillo Way
Tinton Falls, NJ 07712
USA
Pho ne + 1-732-389-1300
Fax + 1-732-389-9 06 6
www.metz-connect.com
METZ CONNECT France SAS
28, Rue Schweighaeuser
67000 Strasbourg
France
Phone + 33 38 86 170 73
Fax + 33 38 86 194 73
www.metz-connect.com
METZ CONNECT
Russia
127411 Moscow
Dmitrovskoe Chaussée
House 157, Building 5, Office 5339
Phone + 7 495 514 38 02
www.metz-connect.com
METZ CONNECT
Bredaseweg 185
4872 LA Etten-Leur
Netherlands
Phone + 31 76 508 34 10
Fax + 31 76 508 35 01
www.metz-connect.com
METZ CONNECT (SINGAPORE) PTE. LTD.
1 Kaki Bukit Ave 3
#04-08, KB-1
Singapore 416087
Phone + 65 67 47 09 98
Fax + 65 67 46 31 20
www.metz-connect.com
Shanghai Branch
140, Tian Lin Road,
Building Number 28, Unit 1F-25
Xuhui, Shanghai 200233
China
Phone + 86 21 33 63 42 28
Phone + 86 21 33 63 43 34
Fax + 86 21 33 63 42 24
METZ CONNECT GmbH is member in the following organizations and associations.
899313-02 | 02/2015
